WO2003104203A1 - Therapeutic molecules and methods-1 - Google Patents

Therapeutic molecules and methods-1 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2003104203A1
WO2003104203A1 PCT/AU2003/000717 AU0300717W WO03104203A1 WO 2003104203 A1 WO2003104203 A1 WO 2003104203A1 AU 0300717 W AU0300717 W AU 0300717W WO 03104203 A1 WO03104203 A1 WO 03104203A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
alkyl
hydrogen
crι
aryl
compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/AU2003/000717
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Eric Francis Morand
Magdy Naguib Iskander
Original Assignee
Cortical Pty Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from AUPS2832A external-priority patent/AUPS283202A0/en
Priority claimed from AUPS2834A external-priority patent/AUPS283402A0/en
Priority to NZ537301A priority Critical patent/NZ537301A/en
Priority to CA002487838A priority patent/CA2487838A1/en
Priority to JP2004511273A priority patent/JP4828823B2/en
Priority to GB0427242A priority patent/GB2405147B/en
Application filed by Cortical Pty Ltd filed Critical Cortical Pty Ltd
Priority to US10/517,264 priority patent/US7709514B2/en
Priority to EP03727010A priority patent/EP1511736A4/en
Priority to AU2003233244A priority patent/AU2003233244B2/en
Publication of WO2003104203A1 publication Critical patent/WO2003104203A1/en
Priority to IL16559204A priority patent/IL165592A0/en
Priority to US12/728,304 priority patent/US20100323999A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
    • C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
    • C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A61K31/4164—1,3-Diazoles
    • A61K31/4184—1,3-Diazoles condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. benzimidazoles
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/56—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids
    • A61K31/58—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids containing heterocyclic rings, e.g. danazol, stanozolol, pancuronium or digitogenin
    • A61K31/585—Compounds containing cyclopenta[a]hydrophenanthrene ring systems; Derivatives thereof, e.g. steroids containing heterocyclic rings, e.g. danazol, stanozolol, pancuronium or digitogenin containing lactone rings, e.g. oxandrolone, bufalin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16—Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06—Antiasthmatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12—Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P15/00—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives
    • A61P15/08—Drugs for genital or sexual disorders; Contraceptives for gonadal disorders or for enhancing fertility, e.g. inducers of ovulation or of spermatogenesis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06—Antipsoriatics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/16—Emollients or protectives, e.g. against radiation
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04—Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/06—Antigout agents, e.g. antihyperuricemic or uricosuric agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/08—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease
    • A61P19/10—Drugs for skeletal disorders for bone diseases, e.g. rachitism, Paget's disease for osteoporosis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P21/00—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system
    • A61P21/04—Drugs for disorders of the muscular or neuromuscular system for myasthenia gravis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/04—Centrally acting analgesics, e.g. opioids
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00—Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02—Ophthalmic agents
    • A61P27/12—Ophthalmic agents for cataracts
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00—Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P3/00—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism
    • A61P3/08—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis
    • A61P3/10—Drugs for disorders of the metabolism for glucose homeostasis for hyperglycaemia, e.g. antidiabetics
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00—Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04—Antibacterial agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00—Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02—Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • A61P33/06—Antimalarials
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/02—Antineoplastic agents specific for leukemia
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04—Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02—Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06—Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00—Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/08—Antiallergic agents
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/02—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the hypothalamic hormones, e.g. TRH, GnRH, CRH, GRH, somatostatin
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P5/00—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system
    • A61P5/14—Drugs for disorders of the endocrine system of the thyroid hormones, e.g. T3, T4
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10—Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C205/00—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton
    • C07C205/49—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups
    • C07C205/57—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups having nitro groups and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton
    • C07C205/59—Compounds containing nitro groups bound to a carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by carboxyl groups having nitro groups and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C229/00—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/52—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton
    • C07C229/68—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton with amino and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of the same condensed ring system
    • C07C229/70—Compounds containing amino and carboxyl groups bound to the same carbon skeleton having amino and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of the same carbon skeleton with amino and carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings being part of the same condensed ring system the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C255/00—Carboxylic acid nitriles
    • C07C255/01—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C07C255/32—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C255/37—Carboxylic acid nitriles having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms having cyano groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms of a carbon skeleton containing at least one six-membered aromatic ring the carbon skeleton being further substituted by etherified hydroxy groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00—Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/01—Sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/28—Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/57—Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing carboxyl groups bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/60—Sulfonic acids having sulfo groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing carboxyl groups bound to the carbon skeleton the carbon skeleton being further substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C309/00—Sulfonic acids; Halides, esters, or anhydrides thereof
    • C07C309/63—Esters of sulfonic acids
    • C07C309/72—Esters of sulfonic acids having sulfur atoms of esterified sulfo groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton
    • C07C309/75—Esters of sulfonic acids having sulfur atoms of esterified sulfo groups bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings of a carbon skeleton containing singly-bound oxygen atoms bound to the carbon skeleton
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C333/00—Derivatives of thiocarbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
    • C07C333/02—Monothiocarbamic acids; Derivatives thereof
    • C07C333/04—Monothiocarbamic acids; Derivatives thereof having nitrogen atoms of thiocarbamic groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00—Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02—Ethers
    • C07C43/20—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C43/225—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing halogen
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00—Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02—Ethers
    • C07C43/20—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C43/23—Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy or O-metal groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C45/00—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds
    • C07C45/004—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by reaction with organometalhalides
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C45/00—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds
    • C07C45/45—Preparation of compounds having >C = O groups bound only to carbon or hydrogen atoms; Preparation of chelates of such compounds by condensation
    • C07C45/46—Friedel-Crafts reactions
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C59/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C59/40—Unsaturated compounds
    • C07C59/58—Unsaturated compounds containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C65/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C65/21—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C65/24—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups polycyclic
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C65/00—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C65/21—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups
    • C07C65/28—Compounds having carboxyl groups bound to carbon atoms of six—membered aromatic rings and containing any of the groups OH, O—metal, —CHO, keto, ether, groups, groups, or groups containing ether groups, groups, groups, or groups having unsaturation outside the aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C69/00—Esters of carboxylic acids; Esters of carbonic or haloformic acids
    • C07C69/76—Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C69/94—Esters of carboxylic acids having a carboxyl group bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring of polycyclic hydroxy carboxylic acids, the hydroxy groups and the carboxyl groups of which are bound to carbon atoms of six-membered aromatic rings
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/26—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D235/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings
    • C07D235/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-diazole or hydrogenated 1,3-diazole rings, condensed with other rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D235/04—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles
    • C07D235/24—Benzimidazoles; Hydrogenated benzimidazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C07D235/28—Sulfur atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/52—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D263/54—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
    • C07D263/58—Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D307/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom
    • C07D307/77—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom ortho- or peri-condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D307/78—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans
    • C07D307/82—Benzo [b] furans; Hydrogenated benzo [b] furans with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
    • C07D307/83—Oxygen atoms
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D319/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having two oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D319/10—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes
    • C07D319/14—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D319/16—1,4-Dioxanes; Hydrogenated 1,4-dioxanes condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems condensed with one six-membered ring
    • C07D319/18—Ethylenedioxybenzenes, not substituted on the hetero ring
    • C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07H—SUGARS; DERIVATIVES THEREOF; NUCLEOSIDES; NUCLEOTIDES; NUCLEIC ACIDS
    • C07H13/00—Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by carbonic acid or derivatives thereof, or by organic acids, e.g. phosphonic acids
    • C07H13/02—Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by carbonic acid or derivatives thereof, or by organic acids, e.g. phosphonic acids by carboxylic acids
    • C07H13/10—Compounds containing saccharide radicals esterified by carbonic acid or derivatives thereof, or by organic acids, e.g. phosphonic acids by carboxylic acids having the esterifying carboxyl radicals directly attached to heterocyclic rings
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present invention relates generally to the treatment of diseases or conditions resulting from cellular activation, such as inflammatory or cancerous diseases or conditions.
  • the invention relates to the use of heterocyclic derivatives to inhibit the cytokine or biological activity of macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF), and diseases or conditions wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated.
  • MIF macrophage migration inhibitory factor
  • MIF is the first identified T-cell-derived soluble lymphokine. MIF was first described as a soluble factor with the ability to modify the migration of macrophages (1). The molecule responsible for the biological actions ascribed to MIF was identified and cloned in 1989 (2). Initially found to activate macrophages at inflammatory sites, it has been shown to possess pluripotential actions in the immune system. MIF has been shown to be expressed in human diseases which include inflammation, injury, ischaemia or malignancy. MTF also has a unique relationship with glucocorticoids by overriding their anti-inflammatory effects.
  • Antibody antagonism of MIF may be useful in the treatment of sepsis, certain types of cancers and delayed type hypersensitivity.
  • Antibody antagonism of MIF has also been shown to have activity in adjuvant- or collagen-induced arthritis animal models and other models of inflammatory and immune diseases.
  • antibody antagonism of MIF is one potential way to provide therapeutic treatments, such biological molecules can be expensive to prepare on a commercial basis and further, can be limited in the way they are administered (generally by injection) and do not readily lend themselves to formulations for administration by other means eg oral administration.
  • Small molecule inhibitors may overcome one or more such difficulties connected with the use of biological therapeutic treatments. There exists a need, therefore, for small molecule inhibitors of the cytokine or biological activity of MIF. Small molecule inhibitors of the MIF would have therapeutic effects in a broad range of diseases, whether given alone or in combination with other therapies.
  • agents which could be used in combination with a compound of formula (I) include glucocorticoids, antirheumatic drugs, immunosuppressive drugs, anti-cytokine therapies, antagonists or inhibitors of nitrogen-activated protein (MAP) kinases, antagonists or inhibitors of nuclear factor kappa-B (NF- ⁇ B) signal transduction pathway, antibodies, protein therapeutics or small molecule therapeutics interacting with adhesion molecules and co-stimulatory molecules, bronchodilators, antagonists of eicosanoid synthesis pathways, agents used for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease, anti- cancer drugs, antisense oligonucleotides, interfering RNA and ribozymes.
  • glucocorticoids include glucocorticoids, antirheumatic drugs, immunosuppressive drugs, anti-cytokine therapies, antagonists or inhibitors of nitrogen-activated protein (MAP) kinases, antagonists or inhibitors of nuclear factor kappa-B (NF- ⁇ B) signal transduction
  • glucocorticoids have been used to treat human diseases for over fifty years and are effective in a range of diseases which include inflammation, injury, ischaemia or malignancy. Although debate continues in relation to their impact on disease prognosis, their influence on symptoms and signs of inflammation, especially in the short term, can be dramatic.
  • glucocorticoids is limited by universal, predictable, dose-dependent toxicity. Mimicking Cushing's disease, a disease wherein the adrenal glands produce excess endogenous glucocorticoids, glucocorticoid treatment is associated with side effects including immunosuppression (resulting in increased susceptibility to infections), weight gain, change in body habitus, hypertension, oedema, diabetes mellitus, cataracts, osteoporosis, poor wound healing, thinning of the skin, vascular fragility, hirsutism and other features of masculinization (in females). In children, growth retardation is also noted. These side effects are known as Cushingoid side effects.
  • glucocorticoids are dose dependent, attempts to reduce the dosage requirement have been investigated, including combination therapies in which glucocorticoids are administered with other therapeutic agents. These combination therapies are sometimes referred to as "steroid-sparing" therapies. However, currently available combination therapies are non-specific as the other therapeutic agents do not address biological events which inhibit the effectiveness of glucocorticoids. Such combination therapies are also typically associated with serious side effects.
  • glucocorticoids are incompletely effective in a number of disease settings, leading to the concept of "steroid-resistant” diseases. Agents which amplify or enhance the effects of glucocorticoids would not only allow the reduction of dose of these agents but may also potentially render “steroid-resistant” diseases steroid-sensitive.
  • Therapeutic antagonism of MIF may provide "steroid-sparing" effects or be therapeutic in "steroid-resistant” diseases. Unlike other pro-inflammatory molecules, such as cytokines, the expression and/or release of MIF can be induced by glucocorticoids (3), (4). Moreover, MIF is able to directly antagonize the effects of glucocorticoids. This has been shown to be the case for macrophage TNF, IL-l ⁇ , IL-6 and IL-8 secretion (5), (6), and for T cell proliferation and IL-2 release (7). In vivo, MIF exerts a powerful glucocorticoid- antagonist effect in models including endotoxic shock and experimental arthritis (5), (8).
  • MIF is expressed but exerts an effect which prevents the glucocorticoid inhibition of inflammation. It can therefore be proposed that therapeutic antagonism of MIF would remove MIF's role in inliibiting the anti-inflammatory effect of glucocorticoids, thereby allowing glucocorticoids to prevail. This would be the first example of true "steroid- sparing" therapy. In support of this hypothesis is the observation that anti-MIF antibody therapy reverses the effect of adrenalectomy in rat adjuvant arthritis (9).
  • the present invention provides a method of inhibiting cytokine or biological activity of MIF comprising contacting MIF with a cytokine or biological activity inhibiting effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof
  • X is selected from -O-, -S-, -C(R 5 )(R 5 .)- or -N(R 6 )- and preferably comprises a hydrogen bond donor or acceptor;
  • Y is selected from -N(R 7 )-, -O-, -S- or -C(R 7 ) 2 -;
  • Ri is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -3 alkyl, (CR 5 R 5 -) n OR 7 , (CR 5 R 5 n SR 7 , (CR 5 R 5' ) n N(R 6 ) 2 and (CR 5 R 5 .) propositionhalo;
  • i is selected from hydrogen, halogen C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C 2-3 alkenyl, C -3 alkynyl and (CR 12 Ri 2 .) n C(R, 8 ) 3 ;
  • Each R 5 and R 5 > is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halo, OR 7 , SR 7 and N(R 6 ) 2 ;
  • Each R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl and OR 7 ;
  • Each R 7 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 2 oalkyl 5 C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, OR ⁇ 9 , SR ⁇ 9 , N(R 20 ) 2 , [NH-CH(R 2 ⁇ )-C(O)] q -OR 29 , [sugar] q and (CR 12 R ⁇ 2 -)tRi3;
  • R 9 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkenyl. C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2' ) t Ri 3. C(0)R 23 , CO 2 R 23 , C(S)R 23 , C(S)OR 23 , S(O)R 23 , S(O) 2 R 23 , [C(O)CH(R 2 ⁇ )NH] q -R 23 and [sugar] q ;
  • Each Rj 2 and R ⁇ 2 . is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, OR 24 , SR 24 , halo, N(R 24 ) 2 , CO 2 R 24 , CN, NO 2 , aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ 3 is selected from OR 25 , SR 25 , halo, N(R 25 ) 2.
  • R ⁇ and R] 5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, OR ⁇ 7 , (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6 .) P C(R ⁇ 8 ) 3 ;
  • Each R ⁇ 6 and R ⁇ & is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halo, OR ⁇ , SR ⁇ andN(R ⁇ 7 ) 2 ;
  • Each Rn is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • Each R ⁇ 8 is independently selected from hydrogen and halo
  • R ⁇ 9 and each R 2o are independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 2 oalkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, (CR 26 R 26 ')tR 2 7;
  • R 2 ⁇ is the characterising group of an amino acid
  • R 22 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl), N(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) 2 , OR 29 or SR 29 ;
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, aryl
  • Each R 24 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl;
  • Each R 25 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -3 alkoxyC ⁇ -3 alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • Each R 26 and R 26 - is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, OR 29 , SR 29 , halo, N(R 29 ) 2 , CO 2 R 29 . CN, NO 2 , aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 27 is selected from hydrogen, OR 0 , SR 0 , halo, N(R 30 ) , CO 2 R 30 , aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 28 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, OR 29 , SR 29 orN(R 29 ) 2 ;
  • Each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • Each R 30 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 3 ⁇ is selected from C ⁇ -3 alkyl, OH, C ⁇ -3 alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyloxy;
  • alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or diagnosing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising the administration of a treatment, prevention or diagnostic effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
  • a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention or diagnosis of a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated.
  • the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising:
  • Rheumatic diseases including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica
  • spondyloarthropathies including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome
  • crystal arthropathies including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease
  • Lyme disease connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sj ⁇ gren's syndrome), vasculitides (including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease),
  • a further aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition as above.
  • a further aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising:
  • the present invention provides a method of prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, said method comprising:
  • the present invention provides a method of treating steroid-resistant diseases comprising:
  • the present invention provides a method of enhancing the effect of a glucocorticoid in mammals comprising administering a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, simultaneously, separately or sequentially with said glucocorticoid.
  • the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • a glucocorticoid in the manufacture of a medicament for administration with a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated.
  • the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof are used to treat or prevent a disease or condition, particularly in a human subject.
  • X is -O-, -NH-, -O- or -CH 2 -;
  • Y is -NH-, -O- or -CH 2 -;
  • Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)- or -S(O)-;
  • R 10 ⁇ is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ _ 3 alkyl, OH, SH, NH 2 , NHC ⁇ -3 alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
  • R ⁇ 03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) classroomNH 2 , -(CH 2 ) n -OH, -(CH 2 ) n - CF 3 , -(CH 2 ) n C(O)C ⁇ -3 alkyl or -(CH 2 ) n -SH;
  • R 105 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ - 2 oalkyl, C 2 - 2 oalkenyl or (CH 2 ) t OC ⁇ -3 alkyl;
  • Rio 6 is selected from SH, SC ⁇ - 6 alkyl, OH, OC ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, sugar, CO 2 H, NH , heterocyclyl or aryl;
  • Each Ri 07 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -20 alkyl, C 2-2 oalkenyl, (CH 2 ) t aryl and (CH 2 ) t heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ 08 is the characterising group of an amino acid
  • R ⁇ o is hydrogen, C ⁇ . 3 alkyl
  • Each R ⁇ o is independently selected from hydrogen and halo
  • n 0 or an integer from 1 to 3
  • q is an integer from 1 to 5
  • w is an integer from 1 to 6
  • t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • Figure 1 graphically depicts dose response effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5- pentanoate (compound 5) on Interleukin-1 (IL-l)-induced cyclooxygenase II (COX-2) expression.
  • Figure 2 graphically depicts the effect of a combination of dexamethasone and benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) on IL-1 induced COX-2 expression.
  • Figure 3 graphically depicts the effect of MIF antagonist, benzimidazol-2-one-5- pentanoate (compound 5) and dexamethasone on IL-1 induced phosphorylation (activation) of ERK (extracellular signal regulated kinase), as detected by Western blotting.
  • Figure 4 graphically depicts the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate
  • Figure 5 graphically depicts the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate
  • Figure 6 graphically depicts the cytotoxicity effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5- pentanoate (compound 5) in vitro.
  • Figure 7 graphically depicts the cytotoxicity effect of a number of compounds of formula (I) in vitro.
  • Figure 8 depicts graphically the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5 pentanoate
  • Figure 10 depicts graphically the in vivo effects of benzimidazol-2-one-5 pentanoate (compound 5) on murine antigen induced arthritis, an animal model of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • Figure 11 depicts graphically the effect of in vivo treatment with compounds 5 and 13 on the ex vivo antigen-specific activation of lymph node and splenic T cells in response to mBSA.
  • Figure 12 depicts graphically the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5 pentanoate (compound 5) on proliferation of cells treated with recombinant human MIF.
  • alkyl refers to monovalent straight, branched or, where appropriate, cyclic aliphatic radicals, having 1 to 3, 1 to 6, 1 to 10 or 1 to 20 carbon atoms as appropriate, e.g.
  • An alkyl group may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, NO 2 , CO 2 H, CO 2 C ⁇ -6 alkyl, CONH 2 , CONH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl), CONH(C 6 alkyl) 2 , OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, methoxy, ethoxy, butyloxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) or NH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl) .
  • halo eg chloro, fluoro or bromo
  • a preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent.
  • Preferred optional substituents are hydroxy, NH 2 and CO 2 H.
  • alkoxy include methoxy, ethoxy, /z-propoxy, .s ⁇ -propoxy, cyclopropoxy, and butoxy (n-, sec- t- and cyclo) pentoxy and hexyloxy.
  • the "alkyl" portion of an alkoxy group maybe substituted as described above.
  • alkenyl refers to straight, branched, or where appropriate, cyclic carbon containing radicals having one or more double bonds between carbon atoms.
  • radicals include vinyl, allyl, butenyl, or longer carbon chains such as those derived from palmitoleic, oleic, linoleic, linolenic or arachidonic acids.
  • An alkenyl group may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, N0 2 , CO 2 H, CO 2 C ]-6 alkyl, CONH 2 , CONH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl), CONH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) 2 , OH, hydroxyalkyl, methyl, ethyl, butyl, propyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH 2 , NH(Cj -6 alkyl) or NH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) 2 .
  • a preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent, such as NH 2 , OH or CO 2 H.
  • alkynyl refers to straight or branched carbon containing radicals having one or more triple bonds between carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include propargyl, butynyl and hexynyl.
  • An alkynyl group may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, NO 2 , CO 2 H, COC ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, CO 2 NH 2 , CONH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl), CONH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl) 2 , OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) or NH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) 2 .
  • a preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent, such as NH 2 , OH and CO 2 H.
  • Suitable NH(alkyl) and N(alkyl) include methylamino, ethylamino, isopropylamino, dimethylamino, n-propylamino, diethylamino and di-isopropylamino.
  • halogen refers to fluorine (fluoro), chlorine (chloro), bromine (bromo) or iodine (iodo).
  • sugar refers to a pyranosyl or furanosyl moiety such as those derived from glucose, galactose, mannose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, ribose, arabinose or xylose.
  • Derivatives of such sugars include deoxy or aminopyranosyl or furanosyl sugar derivatives. Each sugar moiety is incorporated into the compound of formula (I) through a hydroxy group of the sugar moiety.
  • the characterising group of an amino acid refers to the substituent at C of a naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring amino acid and which defines the amino acid.
  • the amino acid may be in the L- or D-configuration.
  • methyl is the characterising group of alanine
  • phenylmethyl is the characterising group of phenylalanine
  • hydroxymethyl is the characterising group of serine
  • hydroxyethyl is the characterising group of homoserine
  • n-propyl is the characterising group of norvaline.
  • An aryl group refers to C 6 -C ⁇ 0 aryl groups such as phenyl or naphthalene.
  • Aryl groups may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg, chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, N0 2 , CO 2 H, CO 2 C ⁇ -6 alkyl, CONH 2 , CONH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl), CONH(d_ 6 alkyl) 2 , OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl) or NH(C]_ 6 alkyl) 2 .
  • a preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent, particularly hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl or halo.
  • heterocyclyl refers to a cyclic, aliphatic or aromatic radical containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from O, N or S.
  • suitable heterocyclyl groups include furyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl and purinyl.
  • Heterocyclyl groups may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg, chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, NO 2 , CO 2 H, CO 2 C ⁇ -6 alkyl, CONH 2 , CONH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl), CONH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl) 2 , OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) or NH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) 2 .
  • halo eg, chloro, fluoro or bromo
  • the present invention provides a method of inhibiting cytokine or biological activity of MIF comprising contacting MIF with a cytokine or biological activity inhibiting effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • X is selected from -O-, -S-, -C(R 5 )(R 5' )- or -N(R 6 )- and preferably comprises a hydrogen bond donor or acceptor;
  • Y is selected from -N(R 7 )-, -O-, -S- or -C(R 7 ) 2 -;
  • Ri is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -3 alkyl, (CR 5 R 5' )nOR 7 , (CR 5 R 5 -) n SR 7 , (CR 5 R 5 ') n N(R 6 ) 2 and (CR 5 R 5 .) n halo;
  • i is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C ⁇ -C alkyl, C 2 - 3 alkenyl, C 2 . 3 alkynyl and
  • Each R 5 and R 5 > is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halo, OR 7 , SR 7 and N(R 6 ) 2 ;
  • Each R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl and OR 7 ;
  • Each R 7 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, OR ⁇ , SR ⁇ , N(R 20 ) 2 , [NH-CH(R 2 ⁇ )-C(O)] q -OR 29 , [sugar], and (CR 12 R 12 .),Ri3.
  • R 9 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C2-C2 0 alkenyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkynyl, (CR ⁇ 2 Ri2 ' ) t Ri 3 .
  • Each R 1 2 and R ⁇ 2 - is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, OR 24 , SR 2 , halo, N(R 24 ) 2 , CO 2 R 24 , CN, NO 2 , aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ 3 is selected from OR 25 , SR 25 , halo, N(R 25 ) 2 , C(O)R 3 ⁇ , CN, C(R ⁇ 8 ) 3 , aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • Ri 4 and R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, OR ⁇ 7 , (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6 .) P C(R ⁇ 8 ) 3 ;
  • Each R ⁇ 6 and R ⁇ 6 - is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halo, OR ⁇ , SR ⁇ 7 and N(R ⁇ 7 ) 2 ;
  • Each Rn is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • Each Ris is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; R ⁇ 9 and each R 20 are independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 2 o lkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, (CR 26 R2 6 ')tR27.
  • R 2 ⁇ is the characterising group of an amino acid
  • R 22 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ -6 alkyl), N(C ⁇ . 6 alkyl) 2 , OR 29 or SR 29 ;
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 2 oalkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkynyl, aryl
  • Each R 2 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl
  • Each R 25 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -3 alkoxyC ⁇ -3 alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • Each R2 6 and R 2& s independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, OR 29 , SR 29 , halo, N(R 29 ) 2 , CO 2 R 29 , CN, NO 2 , aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 27 is selected from hydrogen, OR 30 , SR 30 , halo, N(R 30 ) 2 , CO 2 R 0 , aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 28 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, OR 29 , SR 2 or N(R 9 ) 2 ;
  • Each R 29 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • Each R 30 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 3 ⁇ is selected from C ⁇ -3 alkyl, OH, C ⁇ _ 3 alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyloxy;
  • alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • X is -N(H)-, -N(C, -3 alkyl)-, -N(OH)-, -N(OC ⁇ -3 alkyl)-, -O-, -S-, -CH 2 -, -CH(OH)-, - CH(NH 2 )-, -CH(C ⁇ _ 3 alkyl)-, -CH(halo)-, -CH(SH)-, -CH(OC ⁇ -3 alkyl) or -CH(SC ⁇ -3 alkyl)-; more preferably, -N(H)-, -CH 2 -, -S- or -O-.
  • Y is -NH-, -N(C ⁇ -3 alkyl)-, -O-, -S- or -CH 2 -; more preferably -O-, -NH- or -CH 2 -;
  • Ri is hydrogen, CH 3 , OH, SH, NH 2 , NHCH 3 , F, Cl or Br, more preferably hydrogen, CH 3 , Br or NHCH 3 ;
  • R 2 is selected from C ⁇ . 2 oalkyl, C ⁇ -2 oalkenyl, (CRi 2 Ri 2' ) m heterocyclyl, (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2' ) m aryl, (CR 12 R ⁇ 2 .) m halo, (CR 12 R, 2 .) m OH, (CR, 2 R ⁇ 2 .) m OC 1-20 alkyl, (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2 .) m OC 2-20 alkenyl, (CR ⁇ 2 R 12 .) m OC(O)C ⁇ _ 20 alkyl, (CR, 2 R, 2 .) m OC(O)C 2-2 oalkenyl, (CR ⁇ 2 R, 2 .) m OC(O)aryl, (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2 .) m O[C(O)CH(R 2 ⁇ )NH] r -H, (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2 .) m O[sugar] r ,
  • each R 12 and R ⁇ 2' is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2 _ 6 alkynyl, halogen, OH, hydroxyC ⁇ -6 alkyl, OC ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, CO 2 H, CO 2 C ⁇ -3 alkyl, NH 2 , NHC ⁇ -3 alkyl, N(C ⁇ -3 alkyl) 2 , CN, NO 2 , aryl or heterocyclyl; R 2 ⁇ is the characterising group of an amino acid, m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 20 and r is an integer from 1 to 5; more preferably R 2 is selected from (CH 2 ) ⁇ _ 6 CO 2 H, C ⁇ _ 20 alkyl, Cj.
  • alkenyl CO 2 C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, (CH 2 )o- 6 H 2 , (CH 2 ) ⁇ -6 heterocyclyl, (CH 2 ) ⁇ -6 aryl wherein aryl is optionally substituted with one or more OH or hydroxyC ⁇ -3 alkyl groups, CO 2 C ⁇ _ 6 alkyleneOC ⁇ -6 alkyl wherein the C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl is optionally substituted with OH, C(O)[NHCH(R 2 ⁇ )C(O)] r -OH, C(0)[NHCH(R 2 ⁇ )C(O)] r -OCH 3 , SOsCi.ioal yl, SO 2 NHd.
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen - alkyl, -(CH 2 ) n NH 2 , -(CH 2 ) n NO 2 , -(CH 2 ) n -OH, (CH 2 ) n C(O)C ⁇ -3 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) n -CF 3 or -(CH 2 ) literal-SH wherein n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; more preferably R 3 is hydrogen, NH 2 , (CH 2 ) n C(O)C ⁇ . 3 alkyl, NO 2 , Br, OH, or CH 3 ;
  • At least one of R 5 and R 5 > is hydrogen in each (CR 5 R 5' ) and wherein the number of (CR 5 R ' ) as designated by n is greater than 2, preferably less than 2 of R 5 and R 5 - are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CR 5 R 5' ) n represents an unsubstituted alkylene chain with n designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
  • At least one of Rn and R ⁇ 2 > is hydrogen in each (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2' ) and wherein the number of (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2 >) as designated by m is greater than 5, preferably less than 5 of R n and Rw are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2' ) m represents an unsubstituted alkylene chain with m designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
  • At least one of R ⁇ 6 and Ri 6 - is hydrogen in each (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6 -) and wherein the number of (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6 -) as designated by n is greater than 2, preferably less than 2 of R ⁇ 6 and R ⁇ 6 > are other than hydrogen, and wherein the number of (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6 -) as designated by p is greater than 4, preferably less than 4 of R ⁇ 6 and R ⁇ 6 > are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6' )n and (CR ⁇ 6 Ri6 ' ) P represent an unsubstituted alkylene chain with n or p designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
  • At least one of R 26 and R 26 > is hydrogen in each (CR 26 R 26' ) and wherein the number of (CR 26 R 26' ) as designated by t is greater than 5, preferably less than 5 of R 26 and R 26' are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CR 26 R26 ' ) t represents an unsubstituted alkylene chain with t designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
  • Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, carboxylic acid, carboxylic ester, amino, alkyl substituted amino, -CN and -NO 2 , particularly halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl and carboxylic acid.
  • the compounds of formula (I) include:
  • X is selected from -O-, -S-, -C(R 5 )(R 5 .)- or -N(R 6 )- and preferably comprises a hydrogen bond donor or acceptor;
  • Y is selected from -N(R 7 )- or -C(R 7 ) 2 -;
  • Ri is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -3 alkyl, (CR 5 R 5 .) n OR 7 , (CR 5 R 5 -) n SR 7 , (CR 5 R 5' ) n N(R 6 ) 2 and (CR 5 R 5 .) n halo;
  • R 3 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6' ) p OR ⁇ , (CR, 6 Ri6') P SRi7, (CR, 6 R ⁇ 6 .) p halo, (CR 16 R ⁇ 6 .) P NO 2 , (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6 .) friendshipC(O)R 28 ,
  • Ri is selected from hydrogen, halogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, C 2 . 3 alkenyl, C 2 _ 3 alkynyl and
  • Each R 5 and Rs- is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C alkyl, halo, OR 7 , SR 7 and N(R 6 ) 2 ;
  • Each R 6 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl and OR 7 ;
  • Each R 7 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • R 8 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 20 alkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, OR ]9 , SR ⁇ 9 , N(R 20 ) 2 , [NH-CH(R 2 ⁇ )-C(O)] q -OR 29 , [sugar], and (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2 .) t R ⁇ 3 ;
  • R 9 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkenyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkynyl, (CR ⁇ 2 R ⁇ 2 ')tRi3 .
  • Each R ⁇ 2 and Rj 2 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, OR 24 , SR 24 , halo, N(R 24 ) 2 , CO 2 R 24 , CN, NO 2 , aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ 3 is selected from OR 25 , SR 25 , halo, N(R 25 ) 2 , C(O)R 3 ⁇ , CN, C(R ⁇ 8 ) 3 , aryl or heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ 4 and R 15 are independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, OR ⁇ 7 , (CR ⁇ 6 R ⁇ 6 .) P C(R ⁇ 8 ) 3 ;
  • Each R ⁇ 6 and R ⁇ 6 - is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, halo, OR 17 , SR ⁇ and N(R ⁇ 7 ) 2 ;
  • Each Rn is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • Each Ris is independently selected from hydrogen and halo
  • R ⁇ 9 and each R 20 are independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, (CR 26 R 26 .)tR 2 7;
  • R 21 is the characterising group of an amino acid
  • R 22 is selected from C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, NH 2 , NH(C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl), N(C ⁇ -6 alkyl) 2 , OR 29 or SR 29 ;
  • R 23 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 20 alkyl, C 2 -C 2 oalkenyl, C 2 -C 20 alkynyl, aryl (CR 26 R 26 .)tR 2 7;
  • Each R 24 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl
  • Each R2 5 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C ⁇ -3 alkoxyC ⁇ - 3 alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • Each R 26 and R 26 - is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -C 6 alkyl, C 2 -C 6 alkenyl, C 2 -C 6 alkynyl, OR 29 , SR 29 , halo, N(R 29 ) 2 , CO 2 R 29 , CN, NO 2 , aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 27 is selected from hydrogen, OR 30 , SR 30 , halo, N(R 30 ) 2 , CO 2 R 30 , aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 28 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, OR 2 , SR 29 or N(R 29 ) 2 ;
  • Each R 29 is independently selected from hydrogen and C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl
  • Each R 30 is independently selected from hydrogen, d-C 3 alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
  • R 3 ⁇ is selected from C ⁇ -3 alkyl, OH, C ⁇ _ 3 alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyloxy;
  • alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • the compounds of formula (I) include:
  • X is -O-, -S-, -C(R 5 ) 2 - or -N(R 6 )-;
  • Y is -N(R 7 )-, -O-, -S- or -C(R 7 ) 2 -;
  • Ri is hydrogen, CH 3 , OH, SH, NH 2 , NHCH 3 , F, Cl or Br;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) n NH 2 , -(CH 2 ) deliberatelyNO 2 , -(CH 2 ) n -OH, -(CH 2 ) n C(O)C ⁇ . 3 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) n CF 3 or -(CH 2 ) n SH where n is defined above;
  • Preferred compounds of formula (I) comprise
  • Y is -N(R 7 )- or -C(R 7 ) 2 -;
  • Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -S(O)- or -C(-NH);
  • Ri is hydrogen, CH 3 , NH 2 , NHCH 3 , F, Cl or Br;
  • R 2 is as defined for R 2 above;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, C . . 3 alkyl .
  • (CH 2 ) maybeNH 2 , (CH 2 ) n NO 2 , (CH 2 ) deliberatelyOH, (CH 2 ) n C(O)CH 3 or (CH 2 ) n CF 3 where n is defined above;
  • Preferred compounds of formula (I) are benzimidazole compounds having the formula (II)
  • Ri is hydrogen, CH 3 , NHCH 3 , F, Cl or Br;
  • R 2 is as defined for R 2 above;
  • R 3 is hydrogen, halogen, C ⁇ -C 3 alkyl, (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , (CH 2 ) n NO 2 , (CH 2 ) n OH, CH 2 C(0)CH 3 , (CH 2 ) n CF 3 where n is defined above.
  • X is -O-, -NH- or-CH 2 -
  • Y is -NH-, -O- or-CH 2 - Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)- or-S(O)-;
  • Rioi is selected from hydrogen, C]. 3 alkyl, OH, SH, NH 2 , NHC ⁇ -3 alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
  • R ⁇ 0 is selected from C ⁇ -20 alkyl, C 2-20 alkenyl, CO 2 H, CO 2 R ⁇ 05 , -NH 2 , F, Cl, Br, (CH 2 ) w Rio 6.
  • R ⁇ 03 is selected from hydrogen, f, Cl, Br, C ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) n NH 2 , -(CH 2 ) n NO 2 , -(CH 2 ) n -OH, -(CH 2 ) n -CF 3 , -(CH 2 ) n C(O)C ⁇ -3 alkyl or -(CH 2 ) deliberately-SH;
  • R 105 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -20 alkyl, C 2-20 alkenyl or (CH ) t OC ⁇ -3 alkyl;
  • R ⁇ o 6 is selected from SH, SC ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, OH, OC ⁇ -6 alkyl, sugar, CO 2 H, NH 2 , heterocyclyl or aryl;
  • Each ⁇ o 7 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ . 0 alkyl, C 2-20 alkenyl, (CH 2 ) t aryl and (CH 2 ) t heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ o 9 is hydrogen, C ⁇ -3 alkyl
  • Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo
  • n 0 or an integer from 1 to 3
  • q is an integer from 1 to 5
  • w is an integer from 1 to 6
  • t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (I) are benzimidazole compounds having formula (IN):
  • Rioi is selected from hydrogen, CH 3 , OH, SH, ⁇ H 2 , NHCH 3 , F, Cl orBr;
  • R, 02 is selected from C ⁇ -20 alkyl, C 2-2 oalkenyl, CO 2 H, CO 2 R ⁇ 05 , -NH 2 , F, Cl, Br, (CH 2 ) w R ⁇ 0 6, C(O)N(R ⁇ 07 ) 2 , C(-N)NHC ⁇ .
  • R, 03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, C ⁇ . 6 alkyl, (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , -(CH 2 ) n NO 2 , -(CH 2 ) n -OH, -(CH 2 ) distract-CF 3 , CH 2 C(O)CH 3 or -(CH 2 ) n -SH;
  • R ⁇ o 5 is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ - ⁇ 0 alkyl, C 2 _ ⁇ 0 alkenyl, (CH 2 ) OC ⁇ -3 alkyl;
  • R ⁇ o 6 is selected from SH, SC ⁇ _ 6 alkyl, OH, OC ⁇ -6 alkyl, sugar, CO 2 H, NH 2 , heterocyclyl or aryl;
  • Each Ri 07 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ _ ⁇ oalkyl, C 2 - ⁇ oalkenyl, (CH 2 ) aryl and (CH 2 ) t heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ o 8 is the characterising group of an amino acid
  • R ⁇ o is hydrogen, C ⁇ -3 alkyl
  • Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo
  • n 0 or an integer from 1 to 3
  • q is an integer from 1 to 5
  • w is an integer from 1 to 6
  • t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • R When R is -CO 2 H or -C(S)OH, the compounds may be further derivatised to provide ketones, thioketones, esters, thioesters, amides and thioamides by standard alkylating, esterifying or amide forming methodology.
  • R is CO 2 H
  • a methylene group can be inserted between the benzene nucleus and the carboxylic acid group by Arndt-Eistert synthesis, eg by conversion of the carboxylic acid to an acyl halide and conversion to the diazoketone. Rearrangement of the diazoketone (eg with silver oxide and water) affords access to the CH 2 -CO 2 H group. Repeating these steps allows for further incorporation of methylene groups.
  • the CO 2 H group can be converted as above.
  • compounds of formula (I), where R 2 is a substituted methyl group can be prepared by conversion of the methyl substituent (R 2 ) into a halomethyl substituent (eg by treatment with a N-halosuccinimide such as NBS) followed by nucleophilic substitution by an appropriate nucleophile and/or insertion of additional methylene groups by, for example, Wittig reaction (see Scheme 2 where R can be, for example, (CH 2 ) m OH, (CH 2 ) m SH, (CH 2 ) m NH 2 (CH 2 ) m C(O)C ⁇ -20 alkyl, (CH 2 ) m OC(O)C ⁇ ., 0 alkyl, (CH 2 ) m OC_.
  • R can be, for example, (CH 2 ) m OH, (CH 2 ) m SH, (CH 2 ) m NH 2 (CH 2 ) m C(O)C ⁇ -20 alkyl, (CH 2 ) m
  • compounds where R 2 is CH 2 halo can be prepared by reaction of a suitable carboxylic acid derivative with a reducing agent such as LiAlH 4 , followed by halogenation, eg treatment with thionyl chloride (Scheme 3).
  • a suitable carboxylic acid derivative such as LiAlH 4
  • halogenation eg treatment with thionyl chloride
  • salt, or prodrug includes any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, hydrate or any other compound which, upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of formula (I) as described herein.
  • pro-drug is used in its broadest sense and encompasses those derivatives that are converted in vivo to the compounds of the invention. Such derivatives would readily occur to those skilled in the art, and include, for example, compounds where a free hydroxy group is converted into an ester, such as an acetate, or where a free amino group is converted into an amide. Procedures for acylating hydroxy or amino groups of the compounds of the invention are well known in the art and may include treatment of the compound with an appropriate carboxylic acid, anhydride or acylchloride in the presence of a suitable catalyst or base.
  • Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, salts of pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric, nitric, carbonic, boric, sulfamic, and hydrobromic acids, or salts of pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids such as acetic, propionic, butyric, tartaric, maleic, hydroxymaleic, fumaric, maleic, citric, lactic, mucic, gluconic, benzoic, succinic, oxalic, phenylacetic, methanesulphonic, toluenesulphonic, benezenesulphonic, salicyclic sulphanilic, aspartic, glutamic, edetic, stearic, palmitic, oleic, lauric, pantothenic, tannic, ascorbic and valeric acids.
  • Base salts include, but are not limited to, those formed with pharmaceutically acceptable cations, such as sodium, potassium,
  • Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternised with such agents as lower alkyl halide, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl and diethyl sulfate; and others.
  • lower alkyl halide such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides
  • dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl and diethyl sulfate; and others.
  • the invention thus also relates to compounds in substantially pure isomeric form at one or more asymmetric centres eg., greater than about 90% ee, such as about 95% or 97% ee or greater than 99% ee, as well as mixtures, including racemic mixtures, thereof.
  • Such isomers may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, for example using chiral intermediates, or by chiral resolution.
  • the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or diagnosing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising the administration of a treatment, prevention or diagnostic effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
  • a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention or diagnosis of a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated.
  • an agent for the treatment, prevention or diagnosis of a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • MIF includes human or other animal MIF and derivatives and naturally occurring variants thereof which at least partially retain MIF cytokine or biological activity.
  • the subject to be treated may be human or other animal such as a mammal.
  • Non-human subjects include, but are not limited to primates, livestock animals (eg sheep, cows, horses, pigs, goats), domestic animals (eg dogs, cats), birds and laboratory test animals (eg mice rats, guinea pigs, rabbits).
  • MIF is also expressed in plants (thus "MIF" may also refer to plant MIF) and where appropriate, compounds of formula (I) may be used in botanical/agricultural applications such as crop control.
  • cytokine or biological activity of MIF includes the cytokine or biological effect on cellular function via autocrine, endocrine, paracrine, cytokine, hormone or growth factor activity or via intracellular effects.
  • the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising:
  • Rheumatic diseases including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica
  • spondyloarthropathies including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome
  • crystal arthropathies including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease
  • Lyme disease connective tissue diseases
  • vasculitides including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease
  • the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune . diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sj ⁇ gren's syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but
  • a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver
  • the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis,), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis,),
  • the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis,), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis,), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited toulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis,), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma,
  • the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica), spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis,), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis,), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome),
  • the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica), spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction), brain disorders (eg multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), psoriasis, and transplant
  • a further aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition as above.
  • the term "effective amount" relates to an amount of compound which, when administered according to a desired dosing regimen, provides the desired MIF cytokine inhibiting or treatment or therapeutic activity, or disease/condition prevention. Dosing may occur at intervals of minutes, hours, days, weeks, months or years or continuously over any one of these periods.
  • a cytokine or biological activity inhibiting amount is an amount which will at least partially inhibit the cytokine or biological activity of MIF.
  • a therapeutic, or treatment, effective amount is an amount of the compound which, when administered according to a desired dosing regimen, is sufficient to at least partially attain the desired therapeutic effect, or delay the onset of, or inhibit the progression of or halt or partially or fully reverse the onset or progression of a particular disease condition being treated.
  • a prevention effective amount is an amount of compound which when administered according to the desired dosing regimen is sufficient to at least partially prevent or delay the onset of a particular disease or condition.
  • a diagnostic effective amount of compound is an amount sufficient to bind to MIF to enable detection of the MIF-compound complex such that diagnosis of a disease or condition is possible.
  • Suitable dosages may lie within the range of about 0.1 ng per kg of body weight to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ g to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage, such as is in the range of 1 mg to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 500 mg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 250 mg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 100 mg per kg of body weight per dosage, such as up to 50 mg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 ⁇ g to lmg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • Suitable dosage amounts and dosing regimens can be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian and may depend on the desired level of inhibiting activity, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition as well as the general age, health and weight of the subject.
  • the active ingredient may be administered in a single dose or a series of doses. While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a composition, preferably as a pharmaceutical composition.
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
  • compositions of such compositions are well known to those skilled in the art.
  • the composition may contain pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as carriers, diluents or excipients. These include, where appropriate, all conventional solvents, dispersion agents, fillers, solid carriers, coating agents, antifungal and antibacterial agents, dermal penetration agents, surfactants, isotonic and absorption agents and the like. It will be understood that the compositions of the invention may also include other supplementary physiologically active agents.
  • compositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, inhalational, nasal, transdermal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraspinal, intravenous and intradermal) administration.
  • compositions may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
  • compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then if necessary shaping the product.
  • compositions for use in the present invention may be formulated to be water or lipid soluble.
  • compositions of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, sachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion.
  • the active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
  • a tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients.
  • Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder (eg inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (eg. sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose)) surface-active or dispersing agent.
  • a binder eg inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (eg. sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose)
  • Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent.
  • the tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
  • compositions suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavoured base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth gum; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia gum; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may also be administered mtranasally or via inhalation, for example by atomiser, aerosol or nebulizer means.
  • compositions suitable for topical administration to the skin may comprise the compounds dissolved or suspended in any suitable carrier or base and may be in the form of lotions, gel, creams, pastes, ointments and the like.
  • suitable carriers include mineral oil, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, emulsifying wax, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water.
  • Transdermal devices such as patches, may also be used to administer the compounds of the invention.
  • compositions for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable carrier base comprising, for example, cocoa butter, gelatin, glycerin or polyethylene glycol.
  • compositions suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • compositions suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bactericides and solutes which render the composition isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents.
  • the compositions may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use.
  • Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
  • Preferred unit dosage compositions are those containing a daily dose or unit, daily sub- dose, as herein above described, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
  • compositions of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of composition in question, for example, those suitable for oral administration may include such further agents as binders, sweeteners, thickeners, flavouring agents, disintegrating agents, coating agents, preservatives, lubricants and/or time delay agents.
  • suitable sweeteners include sucrose, lactose, glucose, aspartame or saccharine.
  • Suitable disintegrating agents include corn starch, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, xanthan gum, bentonite, alginic acid or agar.
  • Suitable flavouring agents include peppermint oil, oil of wintergreen, cherry, orange or raspberry flavouring.
  • Suitable coating agents include polymers or copolymers of acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid and/or their esters, waxes, fatty alcohols, zein, shellac or gluten.
  • Suitable preservatives include sodium benzoate, vitamin E, alpha-tocopherol, ascorbic acid, methyl paraben, propyl paraben or sodium bisulphite.
  • Suitable lubricants include magnesium stearate, stearic acid, sodium oleate, sodium chloride or talc.
  • Suitable time delay agents include glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate.
  • kits and combinations comprising a compound of formula (I) and one or more other therapeutically active ingredients for use in the treatment of diseases or conditions described herein.
  • agents which could be used in combination with a compound of formula (I) include: glucocorticoids, antirheumatic drugs (including but not limited to methotrexate, leflimomide, sulphasalazine, hydroxycholorquine, gold salts); immunosuppressive drugs (including but not limited to cyclosporin, mycophenyllate mofetil, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide); anti-cytokine therapies (including but not limited to antagonists of, antibodies to, binding proteins for, or soluble receptors for tumor necrosis factor, interleukin 1, interleukin 3, interleukin 5, interleukin 6, interleukin 8, interleukin 12, interleukin 18, interleukin 17, and other pro-inflammatory cytokines as may be found relevant to pathological states); antagonists or inhibitors of mitogen-activated protein (MAP) kinases (including but not limited to antagonists or inhibitors of extracellular signal-regulated kinases
  • MAP mitogen
  • the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising:
  • the second therapeutic agent is a glucocorticoid compound.
  • the mechanism through which MIF antagonises the effects of glucocorticoids has not been fully eludicated.
  • Glucocorticoid effects on inflammation are dependent upon the transactivation of genes which exert inhibitory effects on cell activation, or on the transrepression of genes which exert stimulatory effects on cell activation. Transrepression effects are in part mediated via effects on intra-cellular signal transduction pathways such as the nuclear factor KB (NF-KB) and mitogen activated protein kinase (MAPK) pathways.
  • NF-KB nuclear factor KB
  • MAPK mitogen activated protein kinase
  • Glucocorticoids have been variously reported either to suppress, or to be unable to suppress, MAPK activation under various conditions (13-15).
  • Activation of the MAPK pathway known as ERK extracellular signal regulated kinase, also known as p44/42 MAP kinase
  • IL-1 interleukin- 1
  • the ERK pathway is also known to be activated by MIF (16).
  • the glucocorticoid dexamethasone does not inhibit ERK pathway activation by IL-1.
  • the present invention provides a method of prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, said method comprising: administering to a mammal a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • the present invention provides a method of treating steroid-resistant diseases comprising:
  • the present invention provides a method of enhancing the effect of a glucocorticoid in mammals comprising administering a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, simultaneously, separately or sequentially with said glucocorticoid.
  • the present invention provides a composition comprising a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
  • a glucocorticoid in the manufacture of a medicament for administration with a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereo, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated.
  • a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for administration with a glucocorticoid for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment of a glucocorticoid is indicated.
  • glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated.
  • the amount of glucocorticoid used in the methods, uses and compositions of the invention is less than the amount which would be effective in the absence of the compound of formula (I).
  • any amount of glucocorticoid which is effective in combination with a compound of formula (I) is considered less than the amount which would be effective in the absence of a compound formula (I). Accordingly, the invention provides a steroid-sparing therapy.
  • the glucocorticoid and the compound of formula (I) are used to treat or prevent a disease or condition in a mammal, preferably in a human subject.
  • disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated refers to diseases or conditions which are capable of being treated by administration of a glucocorticoid including but not limited to autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases. Examples of such diseases or conditions include:
  • Rheumatic diseases including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica
  • spondyloarthropathies including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome
  • crystal arthropathies including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease
  • Lyme disease connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sj ⁇ gren's syndrome), vasculitides (including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease
  • These diseases or conditions may also include steroid-resistant diseases or conditions where treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, but where the glucocorticoid is ineffective or is not as effective as expected.
  • Compounds of formula (I) may be particularly useful in combination with a glucocorticoid, for the treatment of a disease or condition selected from autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sj ⁇ gren's syndrome), vasculitides (including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-
  • glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) may be particularly useful when used in a steroid-sparing manner.
  • steroid-sparing refers to a combination therapy method that allows a reduction in the amount of glucocorticoid administered while still providing an effective therapy for the disease or condition being treated or prevented.
  • Steroid-resistant diseases or conditions are diseases or conditions for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, but where the glucocorticoid is ineffective or is not as effective as expected. This term encompasses diseases or conditions for which the effective dose of glucocorticoid results in unacceptable side effects and/or toxicity. Some steroid-resistant diseases or conditions may require a dosage of glucocorticoid so large that they are considered non-responsive and therefore are not able to be successfully treated with glucocorticoids. Some steroid-resistant diseases or conditions may require a large dosage of glucocorticoid to achieve only a small effect on the symptoms of the disease or condition.
  • diseases or conditions present with symptoms that do not respond to treatment with a glucocorticoid, or may become less sensitive to glucocorticoid treatment over time.
  • diseases which may commonly exhibit features of steroid-resistance include asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, inflammatory bowel disease and transplant rejection.
  • Glucocorticoids are a group of steroid hormones, which are used to treat or prevent a wide range of diseases or conditions. Suitable glucocorticoids may be synthetic or naturally occurring and include but are not limited to prednisolone, prednisone, cortisone acetate, beclamethasone, fluticasone, hydrocortisone, dexamethasone, methyl prednisolone, triamcinolone, budesonide and betamethasone. A person skilled in the art would be able to identify other suitable glucocorticoids that may benefit from being used in a combination treatment with a MIF antagonist.
  • the glucocorticoid used is selected from prednisone, prednisolone, hydrocortisone, fluticasone, beclamethasone, betamethasone, methyl prednisolone, budesonide, triamcinolone, dexamethasone and cortisone.
  • the glucocorticoid is selected from prednisone, prednisolone, methyl prednisolone, fluticasone and beclamethasone. Beclamethasone and fluticasone are particularly preferred for treating asthma.
  • Prednisone, prednisolone and methyl prednisolone are particularly preferred in the treatment of systemic or local inflammatory diseases.
  • the amounts of glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) are selected such that in combination they provide complete or partial treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which a glucocorticoid is indicated.
  • the amount of compound formula (I) is preferably an amount that will at least partially inhibit the cytokine or biological activity of MIF.
  • the amount of glucocorticoid is preferably less than the amount required in the absence of the compound of formula (I).
  • the amounts of glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) used in a treatment or therapy are selected such that in combination they at least partially attain the desired therapeutic effect, or delay onset of, or inhibit the progression of, or halt or partially or fully reverse the onset or progression of the disease or condition being treated.
  • glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) used in the prophylaxis of a disease or condition are selected such that in combination they at least partially prevent or delay the onset of the disease or condition. Dosing may occur at intervals of minutes, hours, days, weeks, months or years or continuously over any one of these periods.
  • Suitable doses of a compound of formula (I) may lie within the range of about 0.1 ng per kg of body weight to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ g to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage, such as is in the range of 1 mg to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 500 mg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 250 mg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 100 mg per kg of body weight per dosage, such as up to 50 mg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • the dosage is in the range of 1 ⁇ g to lmg per kg of body weight per dosage.
  • Suitable dosage amounts of glucocorticoids will depend, in part, on the mode of administration and whether the dosage is being administered in a single, daily or divided dose, or as a continuous infusion.
  • dosages When administered orally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intralesionally or intracavity (eg. intra-articular, intrathecal, intrathoracic), dosages are typically between 1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably 1 mg to 100 mg, more preferably 1 mg to 50 mg or 1 mg to 10 mg per dose.
  • dosages When administered topically or by inhalation as a single, daily or divided dose, dosages are typically 1 ng to 1 ⁇ g, 1 ng to 1 mg or 1 pg to 1 ⁇ g.
  • Suitable dosage amounts and dosing regimens can be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian and may depend on the desired level of inhibiting activity, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition as well as the general age, health and weight of the subject.
  • the glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially.
  • the active ingredients may be administered alone but are preferably administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition or separate pharmaceutically acceptable compositions.
  • compositions of the invention may contain pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as carriers, diluents or excipients. These include, where appropriate, all conventional solvents, dispersion agents, fillers, solid carriers, coating agents, antifungal and antibacterial agents, dermal penetration agents, surfactants, isotonic and absorption agents and the like. It will be understood that the compositions of the invention may also include other supplementary physiologically active agents.
  • Preferred unit dosage compositions are those containing a daily dose or unit, daily sub- dose, as herein above described, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the glucocorticoids and/or compound of formula (I) which inihibit the cytokine or biological activity of MIF.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may be administered together with, simultaneously or sequentially, glucocorticoids.
  • the amount of glucocorticoid required may be significantly reduced.
  • compositions may also be presented for use in veterinary compositions. These may be prepared by any suitable means known in the art. Examples of such compositions include those adapted for:
  • oral administration eg drenches including aqueous and non- aqueous solutions or suspensions
  • external application eg drenches including aqueous and non- aqueous solutions or suspensions
  • tablets eg boluses, powders, granules, pellets for admixture with feedstuffs, pastes for application to the tongue
  • boluses eg drenches including aqueous and non- aqueous solutions or suspensions
  • powders e.g granules, pellets for admixture with feedstuffs, pastes for application to the tongue
  • parenteral administration eg subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as a sterile solution or suspension
  • topical application eg creams, ointments, gels, lotions, etc.
  • compounds of formula (I) or salts or derivatives thereof may be used as laboratory or diagnostic or in vivo imaging reagents. Typically, for such use the compounds would be labelled in some way, for example, radio isotope, fluorescence or colorimetric labelling, or be chelator conjugated.
  • compounds of formula (I) could be used as part of an assay system for MIF or as controls in screens for identifying other inhibitors. Those skilled in the art are familiar with such screens and could readily establish such screens using compounds of formula (I). Those skilled in the art will also be familiar with the use of chelate conjugated molecules for in vivo diagnostic imaging.
  • X is -O-, -NH- or-CH 2 -;
  • Y is -NH-, -O-, -S- or -CH 2 -;
  • Z is -C(O)-, -C(S or -S(O)-;
  • Rioi is selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ -3 alkyl, OH, SH, NH 2 , NHC ⁇ - 3 alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
  • R ⁇ 03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, -(CH 2 ) n NH 2 , -(CH 2 ) n NO 2 , -(CH 2 ) n -OH, -(CH 2 ) n -CF 3 , -(CH 2 ) n C(O)C ⁇ -3 alkyl or -(CH 2 ) n -SH;
  • R ⁇ o 5 is selected from hydrogen, C1.20a.kyl, C 2-20 alkenyl or (CH 2 ) t OC ⁇ -3 alkyl;
  • R ⁇ 06 is selected from SH, SC ⁇ -6 alkyl, OH, OC ⁇ -6 alkyl, sugar, CO H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
  • Each R 107 is independently selected from hydrogen, C ⁇ _ 2 oalkyl, C2-2 0 alkenyl, (CH 2 ) t aryl and (CH ) t heterocyclyl;
  • R 109 is hydrogen, C ⁇ - alkyl; Each R ⁇ o is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
  • n 0 or an integer from 1 to 3
  • q is an integer from 1 to 5
  • w is an integer from 1 to 6
  • t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (III) are benzimidazole compounds having formula (IV):
  • Rioi is selected from hydrogen, CH 3 , OH, SH, NH 2 , NHCH 3 , F, Cl or Br;
  • R 103 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, C ⁇ -6 alkyl, (CH 2 ) classroom H 2 , -(CH 2 ) n NO 2 , -(CH 2 ) n -OH, -(CH 2 ) n -CF 3 , CH 2 C(O)CH 3 or -(CH 2 ) n -SH;
  • R 105 is selected from hydrogen, Ci-ioalkyl, C 2 - ⁇ oalkenyl, (CH 2 ) t OC ⁇ - 3 alkyl;
  • R ⁇ 06 is selected from SH, SC ⁇ -6 alkyl, OH, OC ⁇ -6 alkyl, sugar, CO 2 H, NH 2 , heterocyclyl or aryl;
  • Each Ri 07 is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci-ioalkyl, C _ ⁇ oalkenyl, (CH 2 ) t aryl and (CH 2 ) t heterocyclyl;
  • R ⁇ o 8 is the characterising group of an amino acid
  • R ⁇ o 9 is hydrogen, C ⁇ _ 3 alkyl
  • Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo
  • n 0 or an integer from 1 to 3
  • q is an integer from 1 to 5
  • w is an integer from 1 to 6
  • t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
  • the compounds of formula (III) or formula (IV) are those in which at least one or more of the following definitions apply:
  • R, 03 is hydrogen, halogen, C,_ 3 alkyl, (CH 2 ) n NH 2 , (CH 2 ) n NO 2 , (CH 2 ) n OH or (CH 2 ) distractCF 3 ;
  • R ⁇ o 4 is hydrogen, F, Cl or Br;
  • R ⁇ o 8 is the characterising group of an amino acid, preferably the characterising group from serine (CH 2 OH) or phenylalanine (CH 2 Ph);
  • n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3;
  • each alkyl or aryl group is optionally substituted, preferably with one or more OH, carboxylic acid or halo.
  • Preferred compounds of formula (III) include:
  • Benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) 250 mg, 0.9070 mmol
  • Dowex 50W- X8(H + ) resin 250 mg
  • pentan-1-ol 40 mL
  • pentan-1-ol 40 mL
  • methanol 3 x 20 mL
  • the combined filtrates evaporated to dryness to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-7.-pentanoate (5) (310 mg, 43% yield) as an off-white powder;
  • Benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) 300 mg, 1.6853 mmol
  • Dowex 50W- X8(H + ) resin 300 mg
  • the solid was filtered off and washed with methanol (3 x 20 mL) and the combined filtrates reduced in volume (approx 2 mL) with vacuum distillation.
  • Benzimidazol-2-one —5-carboxylic acid (4) (100 mg; 0.56 mmol) and DCC (100 mg) were suspended in methanol and the mixture heated to reflux for 42 hours. The solid was filtered off and washed with methanol (3 x 3 mL) and the combined filtrates evaporated to dryness to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-methanoate (7) in 61% yield.
  • Benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) (100 mg) and cone. H 2 SO (0.25 mL) were suspended in ethanol and the mixture heated to reflux for 20 hours. The solid was filtered off and washed with ethanol (50 mL) and the combined filtrates evaporated to dryness to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-ethanoate (8) in 69% yield.
  • the methyl ester adduct benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxy-(L-serine)-amide (9) (100 mg, 0.3584 mmol) was suspended in methanol (10 mL) and on addition of 1M aq NaOH (0.68 mL, 0.680 mmol) readily dissolved. The disappearance of starting material was monitored with TLC and complete after stirring overnight at room temperature. The volume was increased by addition of further methanol (30 mL) and the pH carefully adjusted from 10 to 5 by the addition of Dowex 50W-X8(H + ) resin.
  • the tetrachloroethane was azeotropically distilled from the mixture with water under reduced pressure, leaving a brown solid suspended in an aqueous phase.
  • the solid was filtered off and washed with dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid, then water.
  • the solid was added to boiling aqueous sodium carbonate (5% w/v, 150 ml) and the solution filtered.
  • Decolourizing charcoal was added to the cooled filtrate, which was then boiled for 5 min. The charcoal was removed by filtration, and the filtrate treated with concentrated hydrochloric acid until the pH of the solution was 4.
  • the precipitated solid was allowed to stir overnight, filtered off, and dried in a vacuum oven at 50 C / 20 mmHg until a constant weight was achieved (1.6 g of brown solid). Nmr indicates that some starting material still remains. Recrystallization of a portion of this solid from acetic acid, as indicated by Kosyakovskaya, did not afford recovery of any product. A portion of the brown solid (300 mg) was dissolved in aqueous sodium bicarbonate (5% w/v, 10 ml) and insoluble material removed by filtration. The filtrate was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid and the precipitate formed filtered off and dried at the pump (30 mg).
  • n-Butylamine (0.292 g, 4.0 mmol) was distilled prior to use and was added to a stirred suspension of Ethyl 4-amino-3-nitrobenzenecarboximidoate (0.7 g, 3.3 mmol) in 15 ml of dry ethanol. The mixture was stirred for 12 hrs at room temperature and then a further hour at 50°C. The resulting dark yellow precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallised from boiling ethanol yield (89%) as yellow prisms.
  • SI 12 human dermal fibroblasts were propagated in RPMI/10% foetal calf serum (FCS). Prior to experimentation, cells were seeded at 10 5 cells/ml in RPMI/0.1% BSA for 18 hours. Cells were treated with recombinant human IL-1 (0.1 ng/ml) and with each compound at 1-100 ⁇ M. A control was treated only with recombinant human IL-1 (0.1 ng/ml) and vehicle (DMSO). After 6 hours, cells were collected and intracellular COX-2 protein determined by permeabilisation flow cytometry.
  • Cells permeabilised with 0.1% saponin were sequentially labelled with a mouse anti-human COX-2 monoclonal antibody and with sheep-anti-mouse F(ab)2 fragment labelled with fluoroscein isothiocyanate.
  • Cellular fluorescence was determined using a flow cytometer. At least 5000 events were counted for each reading, each of which was performed in duplicate, and the results expressed in mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) after subtraction of negative control- labelled cell fluorescence.
  • MFI mean fluorescence intensity
  • the effect of each compound was determined by subtracting the IL-1+compound-treated cell MFI from the IL-1 -treated cell (control) MFI and expressed as % inhibition.
  • Results are shown in Table 1 below. In each case the % inhibition of IL-1 -induced COX-2 expression is expressed as the mean, or mean + SEM where results are available from multiple experiments. Table 1.
  • Figure 1 shows dose response curves for compound 5 observed in 3 experiments where compound 5 was added in 1 ⁇ M, 10 ⁇ M, 50 ⁇ M and 100 ⁇ M quantities and the samples analysed for IL-1 induced COX-2 expression as above.
  • SI 12 human dermal fibroblasts cultured in RPMI (serum-free) medium were stimulated with recombinant human IL-1 0.1 ng/ml, as described herein, for 30 minutes, with or without the addition of dexamethasone 10 "9 M or benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) (50 ⁇ M).
  • dexamethasone 10 "9 M or benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) 50 ⁇ M.
  • the phosphorylation (activation) of ERK was assessed using Western blotting with a mAb specific for the phosphorylated (activated) form of ERK. In brief, cells were disrupted by repeated aspiration through a 21 -gauge needle.
  • Total ERK blots serve as a loading control, such that changes in phosphorylated ERK represent changes in phosphorylation and not in total ERK protein.
  • ERK activation was demonstrated in response to IL-1 (lane 2) compared to untreated cells (control) (lane 1).
  • ERK activation by IL-1 was not inhibited by benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) (IL-1+MIF-a) (lane 3) or dexamethasone alone (not shown), but was powerfully inhibited by the combination of benzimidazol-2- one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) and dexamethasone (IL-1+MIF-a+DEX) (lane 4).
  • the results are shown in Figure 3.
  • the activity of compound 5 was studied in the murine endotoxic shock model. This model has been previously shown to be dependent on MIF (21). Administration of a substance which inhibits the cytokine or biological activity of MIF would be expected to result in a reduction in serum levels of cytokines such as IL-1 or IL-6. Endotoxaemia was induced by intra-peritoneal injection of lipopolysaccharide (LPS) (15mg/kg) in 400 ⁇ l saline.
  • LPS lipopolysaccharide
  • mice were treated with a saline solution (control) only, a saline solution and LPS, or LPS and compound 5 at a dose of 15 mg/kg body weight, administered by intra-peritoneal injection at 24 hours, 12 hours and 1 hour before intra-peritoneal LPS injection. After 1.5 hours mice were humanely killed by CO 2 inhalation then neck dislocation. Serum was obtained from blood obtained by cardiac puncture prior to death and measured for cytokines including interleukin 1 (IL-1) and interleukin 6 (IL-6) by ELISA. The production of IL-1 and IL-6 has been previously shown to be dependent on MIF (22).
  • IL-1 interleukin 1
  • IL-6 interleukin 6
  • Macrophages were obtained by lavage of the peritoneal cavity using normal saline and placed into 24 well tissue culture plates for 18 hours in RPMI/10%FCS. The cultured peritoneal macrophage supernatants were then analysed for cytokines including IL-6. The peritoneal lavage supernatants were also analysed for cytokines including IL-6. The results are provided in Table 3 and Figure 4. Table 3
  • Figure 5 shows analysis of serum IL-1 (ng/ml) obtained from mice in which when LPS was administered alone or in combination with compound 5. A marked reduction in serum IL-1 concentration was observed in animals treated with compound 5.
  • compound 5 was tested under a variety of conditions in animals exposed to endotoxic shock induced as above by the injection of 15 mg/kg LPS by intraperitoneal injection. In each case compounds were administered by intraperitoneal injection at a dose of 15mg/kg. Compound 5 administration was associated with reductions in serum IL-1, IL-6, and TNF concentration whether administered by intraperitoneal injection (IP) or by oral gavage, and under a variety of administration regimens. These data suggest compounds of Formula I are active inhibitors of the biological or cytokine activity of MIF in vivo.
  • the compounds of formula (I) may have low toxicity towards cells.
  • the toxicity of compounds of formula (I) were examined in vitro to assess cytotoxicity.
  • Human dermal fibroblast cell line (SI 12) cells were exposed to vehicle (control), compounds of formula (I) (50 ⁇ M) or sodium nitroprusside (SNP) (0.5 ⁇ M).
  • SNP is a positive control agent which induces dose-dependent apoptosis in SI 12 cells. Toxicity was assessed by analysis of apoptosis using flow cytometric detection of cell surface Annexin V binding and propidium iodide staining. At least 5000 events were analysed for each experiment.
  • T lymphocyte activation in vitro and in vivo are known to be dependent upon the presence of bioactive MIF.
  • administration of specific monoclonal antibodies directed against MIF have been shown to inhibit development of T cell activation in vitro and of cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity responses in vivo (22) (7).
  • the demonstration that compounds inhibitory of the cytokine and biological activity of MIF are inhibitory of T cell activation in vitro will be seen by those skilled in the art as supportive of the biological and functional antagonism of MIF provided by those compounds.
  • mice C57BL6/J male mice, aged 7-10 weeks old, were immunised with 200 ⁇ g of methylated bovine senim albumin (mBSA) dissolved in 20 ⁇ L of saline, emulsified in 200 ⁇ L of Freund's complete adjuvant (FCA) by subcutaneous injection. Seven (7) days later mice received a booster immunisation with 100 ⁇ g mBSA in 10 ⁇ L saline plus 100 ⁇ L FCA by subcutaneous injection. After a further seven (7) days mice were killed and spleens collected aseptically into Hanks buffered saline solution (HBSS).
  • HBSS Hanks buffered saline solution
  • a single cell suspension was prepared in Petri dishes by flushing DMEM using a 26G needle and 2 mL syringe. The resulting cell suspension was centrifuged for 5-7 minutes and supernatant discarded. Erythrocytes were lysed using a solution containing 0.579% NH 4 C1, 0.000037% EDTA, and 0.1% NaHCO 3 in a 37 °C water bath. Tubes were then filled with DMEM and centrifuged for 5-7 minutes.
  • the cell-containing pellet was then resuspended in DMEM containing 5% fetal calf serum (FCS) and 0.05% 2-mercapto-ethanol at a concentration of lxlO 6 cells/mL and plated at lxlO 5 cells/well in 96-well plastic tissue culture plates.
  • Test substances (compound or vehicle) were added and incubated for 1 hour in a 37°C, 5%CO 2 incubator.
  • the specific stimulating antigen, mBSA was then added at 10-50 ⁇ g/mL and plates incubated for 30 hours in a 37°C, 5%CO 2 incubator.
  • Tritiated 3 H-thymidine was then added at a concentration of 0.5 ⁇ Ci/well for a further 18 hours.
  • T cell proliferation was significant increased in the presence of the specific sensitising antigen, mBSA, at 50 ⁇ g/mL.
  • the addition of compound 5 in increasing concentrations exerted a dose-dependent and statistically significant inhibitory effect on antigen-specific T cell activation.
  • asterisks signify a statistically significant result (* p ⁇ 0.05, ** p ⁇ 0.01, *** p ⁇ 0.001).
  • the concentration at which T cell activation was suppressed by 50% compared to vehicle- only-treated cells was calculated using Prism® software.
  • the EC50 for compound 5 in experiments where T cells were stimulated with 50 ⁇ g/ml of mBSA was 13.75 ⁇ M. Further compounds were also tested for their ability to inhibit antigen-specific T cell activation as a marker of the inhibition of the cytokine or biological activity of MIF using this assay. Table 5 lists the EC50 for each compound in this assay, performed with concentrations of mBSA of either 50 or 10 ⁇ g/ml.
  • DTH delayed-type hypersensitivity
  • DTH cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity reactions
  • mice were treated with compound 5, administered by intraperitoneal injection, once per 24 hours at a dose of 15 mg/kg body weight. After seven days, mice received lOO ⁇ g mBSA and lOO ⁇ l FCA by intradermal injection at the base of the tail. After a further 14 days, arthritis was induced by intra-articular injection of 30 ⁇ g mBSA in 10 ⁇ l of sterile saline into the left knee, the right knee being injected with sterile saline alone. DTH reactions were induced as follows: these mice were challenged 24 h before the end of the experiment by intradermal injection of 50 ⁇ g mBSA in 20 ⁇ l saline into one hind footpad.
  • a similar volume of saline was injected into the contralateral footpad as a control. Footpad swelling was quantified 24 h later using a micrometer. DTH was recorded as the difference in skin swelling between mBSA and saline-injected footpads, and expressed as change in footpad thickness ( ⁇ mm). A reduction in skin thickness is consistent with an inhibitory effect on the biological or cytokine activity of MIF.
  • Rheumatoid arthritis is a common, serious, chronic inflammatory disease affecting synovial joints, of which the etiology is unknown.
  • Rheumatoid arthritis is one of the most common autoimmune or chronic inflammatory diseases, and can be seen as a model for other, less common, autoimmune and chronic inflammatory diseases.
  • MIF has been confirmed as an important mediator in several animal models of rheumatoid arthritis, through studies in which antagonism of MIF with a monoclonal anti-MIF antibody exerted significant inhibitory effects on disease (23), (24), (8). Included among the animal models of rheumatoid arthritis in which MIF has been shown to be an essential factor is murine antigen-induced arthritis (8).
  • a compound which inhibits the cytokine of biological activity of MIF might be expected to inhibit the development of murine antigen-induced arthritis in vivo.
  • mice C57BL6/J male mice, aged 7-10 weeks old, were immunized on day 0 with 200 ⁇ g methylated BSA (mBSA) emulsified in 200 ⁇ l of Freund's complete adjuvant (FCA) injected subcutaneously into the flank skin. Mice were treated with compound 5, administered by intraperitoneal injection, once per 24 hours at a dose of 15 mg/kg body weight. After seven days, mice received lOO ⁇ g mBSA and lOO ⁇ l FCA by intradermal injection at the base of the tail. After a further 14 days, arthritis was induced by intra-articular injection of 30 ⁇ g mBSA in 10 ⁇ l of sterile saline into the left knee, the right knee being injected with sterile saline alone.
  • mBSA methylated BSA
  • FCA Freund's complete adjuvant
  • mice treated with compound 5 are shown in figure 10.
  • figure 10b individual parameters of arthritis are presented graphically. Statistically significant reductions in the severity of all individual parameters of arthritis can be seen for animals treated with compound 5.
  • a compound capable of inhibiting the cytokine or biological activity of MIF might be expected to be exert inhibitory effects on T cell responsiveness.
  • In vivo administration of such a compound might be expected to exert effects on T cell responsiveness even after the T cells have been removed from exposure to the compound, that is, if T cells were studied ex vivo after in vivo treatment with the MIF antagonist compound.
  • T cell proliferation response was determined by measuring H-thymidine incorporation during the final 18 hr.
  • the cells were harvested and radioactivity incorporation into the DNA was measured with a Wallac 1409 liquid scintillation counter. The means of each triplicate culture were calculated. Each experiment comprised at least three individual animals and the results presented represent the mean ⁇ SEM of groups of animals in each experiment. The percentage inhibition of T cell proliferation was calculated using the result of the 3 H- thymidine incorporation of cells from compound-treated animals subtracted from the H- thymidine incorporation of cells from vehicle-treated animals.
  • Figure l la depicts graphically the effect of in vivo treatment with compound 5 on the ex vivo activation of lymph node T cells in response to mBSA.
  • cells from mice treated in vivo with compound 5 (filled bars) exhibited reduced prohferative responses to mBSA compared to cells from mice treated with vehicle.
  • Figure l ib depicts graphically the effect of in vivo treatment with compound 13 on the ex vivo activation of splenic node T cells in response to mBSA.
  • mice treated in vivo with compound 13 exhibited reduced prohferative responses to mBSA compared to cells from mice treated with vehicle.
  • in vivo administration of compound 13 and compound 5 each exert an inhibitory effect on ex vivo splenic T cell proliferation.
  • MIF is able to induce proliferation in a number of cell types including cells derived from patients with rheumatoid arthritis (25). It has also been demonstrated that antagonism of MIF with a monoclonal anti-MIF antibody can inhibit the proliferation of cells in vitro. A compound with the ability to inhibit the cytokine or biological function of MIF might be expected to inhibit the prohferative effect of MIF.
  • the activity of compound 5 was studied in a bioassay utilising MIF-induced proliferation of human dermal fibroblasts.
  • SI 12 human dermal fibroblasts were propagated in RPMI/10% foetal calf serum (FCS). Prior to experimentation, cells were seeded at 10 5 cells/ml in RPMI/0.1% BSA for 18 hours. At time point zero, culture medium was replaced with RPMI/10% FCS and treatments administered. Cells were treated with recombinant human macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) 50 ng/ml and/or compound 5 at a 1 -1000 molar ratio to the concentration of MIF. At a time point 30 hours later, cells were pulsed with 1 ⁇ Ci/well of 3 H-thymidine. At a time point 48 hours after commencement of the experiment, cells were harvested using a semi-automated cell harvester. The radioactivity incorporated into DNA was determined by liquid scintillation counting, with results expressed as [ 3 H] thymidine incorpor
  • Figure 12 depicts graphically the effect of compound 5 (0.013 ⁇ M) on proliferation of SI 12 cells treated with recombinant human MIF. A marked and statistically significant inhibitory effect was observed. The data presented are representative of four separate experiments.
  • the inhibitory effect of compound 5 is expressed as the % inhibition of proliferation compared to the proliferation of rhMIF-treated cells.
  • MIF is known to be a participant in the innate immune response to toxins such as the bacterial endotoxin lipopolysaccharide (LPS).
  • LPS bacterial endotoxin lipopolysaccharide
  • antagonists of MIF can inhibit endotoxin-induced macrophage cytokine production in vivo.
  • a compound with the ability to inhibit the cytokine or biological function of MIF might be expected to inhibit the activation of cytokine production by macrophages in response to LPS.
  • mice C57BL6/J male mice were injected intraperitoneally with 2ml of thioglycollate. Five (5) days later peritoneal macrophages were collected by lavaging the peritoneum of anaesthetized mice with 3ml of cold Hanks buffered saline solution. Cells from several mice were pooled, washed and re-suspended in DMEM supplemented with 5%FCS. Cells were plated in 96 well plastic tissue culture plates at lxl 0 5 cells/well. Cells were treated with compound or vehicle for 1 hour in a 5% CO 2 incubator at 37 °C.
  • MIF is able to induce or facilitate the expression and release of a wide variety of pro- inflammatory and/or destructive molecules.
  • MIF is able to facilitate the release of nitric oxide (NO) (26).
  • NO nitric oxide
  • a compound with the ability to inhibit the cytokine or biological function of MIF might be expected to inhibit the activation of NO production by macrophages.
  • mice C57BL6/J male mice were injected intraperitoneally with 2ml of thioglycoUate. Five (5) days later peritoneal macrophages were collected by lavaging the peritoneum of anaesthetized mice with 3ml of cold Hanks buffered saline solution. Cells from several mice were pooled, washed and re-suspended in DMEM supplemented with 5%FCS. Cells were plated in 96 well plastic tissue culture plates at lxlO 5 cells/well. Cells were treated with compound or vehicle for 1 hour in a 5% CO 2 incubator at 37 °C.
  • Table 10 displays the results for two compounds tested in this assay. Marked and statistically significant reductions in nitrite concentration were observed in the supernatants of cells treated with compounds.
  • MIF is known to be a stimulus or participant in the proliferation of multiple cell types with relevance to disease states. For example, this been shown to be the case for the native resident cells of the synovial lesion of human rheumatoid arthritis, namely fibroblast-like synoviocytes (FLS). Lacey et al (26) reported that recombinant MIF induces proliferation of FLS, and moreover that a monoclonal anti-MIF antibody is able to suppress the proliferation of FLS induced by another cytokine, interleukin 1 (IL-1). A compound capable of inhibiting the cytokine or biological activity of MIF would be expected to be able to inhibit the IL-1 -induced proliferation of human rheumatoid arthritis FLS.
  • FLS fibroblast-like synoviocytes
  • Fibroblast-like synoviocytes were obtained from synovium of rheumatoid (RA) ' patients undergoing joint replacement surgery and prepared according to Lacey et al (26). FLS were isolated using enzyme digestion and cultured in RPMI/10% fetal calf serum (FCS) as previously described. A single cell suspension was obtained by digesting minced synovial tissue with 2.4 mg/ml Dispase (grade II, 5 U/mg) 1 mg/ml collagenase (type II) and DNase (type I). FLS were propagated in 10 cm culture plates in RPMI supplemented with 10 % FCS at 37°C in a 5% CO 2 humidified incubator. Cells beyond 3rd passage were more than 99% CD45-. Cells were used between passages 4 and 9. Cells from four individual human RA donor FLS used.
  • FCS fetal calf serum
  • IL-1 statistically significantly induced the proliferation of human rheumatoid arthritis FLS. There was no effect of vehicle on proliferation, but compound 5 treatment was associated with a marked and statistically significant inhibition of IL-1- nduced FLS proliferation. These data are consistent with compound 5 being an inhibitor of the cytokine and biological activity of MIF.
  • Morand EF Bucala R, Leech M. Macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF): An emerging therapeutic target in rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis & Rheumatism 2003; 48:291-299.
  • MIF Macrophage migration inhibitory factor
  • JNK/SAPK Jun N-terminal kinase/stress-activated protein kinase
  • MIF is a pituitary-derived cytokine that potentiates lethal endotoxaemia. Nature 1993; 365:756-759.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Physical Education & Sports Medicine (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Orthopedic Medicine & Surgery (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)
  • Neurology (AREA)
  • Diabetes (AREA)
  • Epidemiology (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Endocrinology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Neurosurgery (AREA)
  • Dermatology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Ophthalmology & Optometry (AREA)
  • Hematology (AREA)
  • Pain & Pain Management (AREA)
  • Reproductive Health (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Cardiology (AREA)
  • Heart & Thoracic Surgery (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)

Abstract

Methods of inhibiting the cytokine or biological activity of Macrophage Migration Inhibitory Factor (MIF) comprising contacting MIF with a compound of formula (I) as defined herein, is provided. The invention also relates to methods of treating diseases or conditions where MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising administration of compounds of formula (I), either alone or as part of a combination therapy. Novel heterocyclic compounds are also provided for.

Description

THERAPEUTIC MOLECULES AND METHODS - 1
FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates generally to the treatment of diseases or conditions resulting from cellular activation, such as inflammatory or cancerous diseases or conditions. In particular, the invention relates to the use of heterocyclic derivatives to inhibit the cytokine or biological activity of macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF), and diseases or conditions wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
MIF is the first identified T-cell-derived soluble lymphokine. MIF was first described as a soluble factor with the ability to modify the migration of macrophages (1). The molecule responsible for the biological actions ascribed to MIF was identified and cloned in 1989 (2). Initially found to activate macrophages at inflammatory sites, it has been shown to possess pluripotential actions in the immune system. MIF has been shown to be expressed in human diseases which include inflammation, injury, ischaemia or malignancy. MTF also has a unique relationship with glucocorticoids by overriding their anti-inflammatory effects.
Recent studies have indicated that monoclonal antibody antagonism of MIF may be useful in the treatment of sepsis, certain types of cancers and delayed type hypersensitivity. Antibody antagonism of MIF has also been shown to have activity in adjuvant- or collagen-induced arthritis animal models and other models of inflammatory and immune diseases.
Although antibody antagonism of MIF is one potential way to provide therapeutic treatments, such biological molecules can be expensive to prepare on a commercial basis and further, can be limited in the way they are administered (generally by injection) and do not readily lend themselves to formulations for administration by other means eg oral administration.
Small molecule inhibitors may overcome one or more such difficulties connected with the use of biological therapeutic treatments. There exists a need, therefore, for small molecule inhibitors of the cytokine or biological activity of MIF. Small molecule inhibitors of the MIF would have therapeutic effects in a broad range of diseases, whether given alone or in combination with other therapies.
Examples of agents which could be used in combination with a compound of formula (I) include glucocorticoids, antirheumatic drugs, immunosuppressive drugs, anti-cytokine therapies, antagonists or inhibitors of nitrogen-activated protein (MAP) kinases, antagonists or inhibitors of nuclear factor kappa-B (NF-κB) signal transduction pathway, antibodies, protein therapeutics or small molecule therapeutics interacting with adhesion molecules and co-stimulatory molecules, bronchodilators, antagonists of eicosanoid synthesis pathways, agents used for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease, anti- cancer drugs, antisense oligonucleotides, interfering RNA and ribozymes.
For example, glucocorticoids have been used to treat human diseases for over fifty years and are effective in a range of diseases which include inflammation, injury, ischaemia or malignancy. Although debate continues in relation to their impact on disease prognosis, their influence on symptoms and signs of inflammation, especially in the short term, can be dramatic.
Despite their benefits and efficacy, the use of glucocorticoids is limited by universal, predictable, dose-dependent toxicity. Mimicking Cushing's disease, a disease wherein the adrenal glands produce excess endogenous glucocorticoids, glucocorticoid treatment is associated with side effects including immunosuppression (resulting in increased susceptibility to infections), weight gain, change in body habitus, hypertension, oedema, diabetes mellitus, cataracts, osteoporosis, poor wound healing, thinning of the skin, vascular fragility, hirsutism and other features of masculinization (in females). In children, growth retardation is also noted. These side effects are known as Cushingoid side effects. Since the side effects of glucocorticoids are dose dependent, attempts to reduce the dosage requirement have been investigated, including combination therapies in which glucocorticoids are administered with other therapeutic agents. These combination therapies are sometimes referred to as "steroid-sparing" therapies. However, currently available combination therapies are non-specific as the other therapeutic agents do not address biological events which inhibit the effectiveness of glucocorticoids. Such combination therapies are also typically associated with serious side effects.
Furthermore, glucocorticoids are incompletely effective in a number of disease settings, leading to the concept of "steroid-resistant" diseases. Agents which amplify or enhance the effects of glucocorticoids would not only allow the reduction of dose of these agents but may also potentially render "steroid-resistant" diseases steroid-sensitive.
There is a need for effective therapies which enable a reduction in the dosage level of glucocorticoids. There is also a need for effective treatment of "steroid-resistant" diseases. Preferably, such therapies or treatments would address factors which directly limit the effectiveness of glucocorticoids.
Therapeutic antagonism of MIF may provide "steroid-sparing" effects or be therapeutic in "steroid-resistant" diseases. Unlike other pro-inflammatory molecules, such as cytokines, the expression and/or release of MIF can be induced by glucocorticoids (3), (4). Moreover, MIF is able to directly antagonize the effects of glucocorticoids. This has been shown to be the case for macrophage TNF, IL-lβ, IL-6 and IL-8 secretion (5), (6), and for T cell proliferation and IL-2 release (7). In vivo, MIF exerts a powerful glucocorticoid- antagonist effect in models including endotoxic shock and experimental arthritis (5), (8). In the context of an inflammatory or other disease treated with glucocorticoids, then, MIF is expressed but exerts an effect which prevents the glucocorticoid inhibition of inflammation. It can therefore be proposed that therapeutic antagonism of MIF would remove MIF's role in inliibiting the anti-inflammatory effect of glucocorticoids, thereby allowing glucocorticoids to prevail. This would be the first example of true "steroid- sparing" therapy. In support of this hypothesis is the observation that anti-MIF antibody therapy reverses the effect of adrenalectomy in rat adjuvant arthritis (9). By neutralizing the natural glucocorticoid 'counter-regulator' effect of MIF, it is envisioned that with MIF antagonism, steroid dosages could be reduced or even eliminated in inflammatory disease, particularly in those diseases that are associated with the glucocorticoid resistance (10), (11). There is a need, therefore, for therapeutic antagonists of the cytokine or biological activity of MIF.
SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
Throughout this specification and the claims which follow, unless the context requires otherwise, the word "comprise", and variations such as "comprises" and "comprising", will be understood to imply the inclusion of a stated integer or step or group of integers or steps but not the exclusion of any other integer or step or group of integers or steps.
In a first aspect, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting cytokine or biological activity of MIF comprising contacting MIF with a cytokine or biological activity inhibiting effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof
Figure imgf000005_0001
wherein X is selected from -O-, -S-, -C(R5)(R5.)- or -N(R6)- and preferably comprises a hydrogen bond donor or acceptor; Y is selected from -N(R7)-, -O-, -S- or -C(R7)2-;
Z is selected from -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(=NR6)-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
Ri is selected from hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl, (CR5R5-)nOR7, (CR5R5 nSR7, (CR5R5')nN(R6)2 and (CR5R5.)„halo;
R2 is selected from Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CRι2R12.)mC(O)R8, (CRι2R12.)mC(S)R8, (CR12R12.)mS(O)R8, (CRι2R12.)mS(O)2R8, (CRι2Rι2.)mOR9, (CRι2Rι2.)mSR9, (CRι2Rι2.)mNRιoRπ, (CRι2R12.)mC(=NR24)R22 and (CRι2Rι2')mRι3;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, (CRι6Rι6-)pNRι4Rι5, (CRι6Rι6')pORι7, (CRι6Rι6')PSRι7, (CRι6Rι6-)phalo, (CRι6R16.)pNO2, (CR16R16.)nC(O)R28, (CRι6R16.)nC(=NR24)R22, (CR16Rι6.)nS(O)R17, (CRι6Rι6.)nS(O)2R17, (CRI6Rι6.)„S(O)3Rι7 and (CRι6Rι6.)PC(Rι8)3;
i is selected from hydrogen, halogen Cι-C3alkyl, C2-3alkenyl, C -3alkynyl and (CR12Ri2.)nC(R,8)3;
Each R5 and R5> is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, halo, OR7, SR7 and N(R6)2;
Each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl and OR7;
Each R7 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
R8 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C2oalkyl5 C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, ORι9, SRι9, N(R20)2, [NH-CH(R2ι)-C(O)]q-OR29, [sugar]q and (CR12Rι2-)tRi3;
R9 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl. C2-C20alkynyl, (CRι2Rι2')tRi3. C(0)R23, CO2R23, C(S)R23, C(S)OR23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23, [C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]q-R23 and [sugar]q;
Rio and Rn are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CR,2Rι2.)mRι3, C(O)R23, C(S)R23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23, [C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]q-R23, -[sugar]q and NHC(=NR25)-NH2;
Each Rj2 and Rι2. is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR24, SR24, halo, N(R24)2, CO2R24, CN, NO2, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Rι3 is selected from OR25, SR25, halo, N(R25)2. C(O)R3ι, CN, C(Rι8)3, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Rι and R]5 are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, ORι7, (CRι6Rι6.)PC(Rι8)3;
Each Rϊ6 and Rχ& is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, halo, ORπ, SRπ andN(Rι7)2;
Each Rn is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each Rι8 is independently selected from hydrogen and halo;
Rι9 and each R2o are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C2oalkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CR26R26')tR27;
R2ι is the characterising group of an amino acid;
R22 is selected from Cι-C6alkyl, NH2, NH(Cι_6alkyl), N(Cι-6alkyl)2, OR29 or SR29;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, aryl
Figure imgf000007_0001
Each R24 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C6alkyl;
Each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, Cι-3alkoxyCι-3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
Each R26 and R26- is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR29, SR29, halo, N(R29)2, CO2R29. CN, NO2, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R27 is selected from hydrogen, OR 0, SR 0, halo, N(R30) , CO2R30, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R28 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-6alkyl, OR29, SR29 orN(R29)2;
Each R2 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each R30 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R3ι is selected from Cι-3alkyl, OH, Cι-3alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyloxy;
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 20; p is 0 or an integer from 1 to 6; q is an integer from 1 to 5; t is an integer from 1 to 10;
wherein alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or diagnosing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising the administration of a treatment, prevention or diagnostic effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In a further aspect, there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention or diagnosis of a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated.
In particular, the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising:
Rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), Lyme disease, connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjδgren's syndrome), vasculitides (including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), peptic ulceration, gastritis, oesophagitis, liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, sclerosing cholangitis, primary biliary cirrhosis), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to diffuse interstitial lung diseases, pneumoconioses, fibrosing alveolitis, asthma, bronchitis, bronchiectasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), cancers whether primary or metastatic (including but not limited to colon cancer, lymphoma, lung cancer, melanoma, prostate cancer, breast cancer, stomach cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer, multiple myeloma and metastatic cancer), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease), disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, brain disorders (eg dementia, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), corneal disease, iritis, iridocyclitis, cataracts, uveitis, sarcoidosis, diseases characterised by modified angiogenesis (eg diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis, cancer), endometrial function (menstruation, implantation, parturition, endometriosis), psoriasis, endotoxic (septic) shock, exotoxic (septic) shock, infective (true septic) shock, other complications of infection, pelvic inflammatory disease, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, bone diseases (eg osteoporosis, Paget's disease), atopic dermatitis, UV(B)-induced dermal cell activation (eg sunburn, skin cancer), malarial complications, diabetes mellitus, pain, inflammatory consequences of trauma or ischaemia, testicular dysfunctions and wound healing, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
A further aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition as above.
A further aspect of the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising:
administering to a mammal a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and a second therapeutic agent. In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, said method comprising:
administering to a mammal a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating steroid-resistant diseases comprising:
administering to a mammal a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
In a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of enhancing the effect of a glucocorticoid in mammals comprising administering a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, simultaneously, separately or sequentially with said glucocorticoid.
In yet a further aspect, the present invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a use of a glucocorticoid in the manufacture of a medicament for administration with a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated.
In yet a further aspect of the invention there is provided a use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for administration with a glucocorticoid for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment of a glucocorticoid is indicated. In yet a further aspect of the invention there is provided a use of a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated.
In preferred embodiments, the compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof are used to treat or prevent a disease or condition, particularly in a human subject.
In yet a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a compound of formula (in) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000012_0001
wherein
X is -O-, -NH-, -O- or -CH2-;
Y is -NH-, -O- or -CH2-;
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)- or -S(O)-;
R10ι is selected from hydrogen, Cι_3alkyl, OH, SH, NH2, NHCι-3alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
R102 is selected from Cι-20a_kyl, C2.20alkenyl, CO2H, CO2Rι05, -NH2, F, Cl, Br, (CH2)wRι06, C(O)N(Rι07)2, C(=N)NHC1.6alkyl, SO2Cι.6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(Rι08)C(O)]q-ORι09, C(O)sugar, C(O)NH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι_6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nC02H, SO2OCι-ι0alkyl and SO2NHCM0alkyl;
Rι03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, Cι-6alkyl, -(CH2)„NH2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n- CF3, -(CH2)nC(O)Cι-3alkyl or -(CH2)n-SH;
Rιo4 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2C(Rπ0) , C(Rno)3, -CH2=CH2, fluoro, chloro or bromo;
R105 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-2oalkyl, C2-2oalkenyl or (CH2)tOCι-3alkyl;
Rio6 is selected from SH, SCι-6alkyl, OH, OCι_6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH , heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each Ri07 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-20alkyl, C2-2oalkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH2)theterocyclyl;
Rι08 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo is hydrogen, Cι.3alkyl;
Each Rπo is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6; t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES
Figure 1 graphically depicts dose response effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5- pentanoate (compound 5) on Interleukin-1 (IL-l)-induced cyclooxygenase II (COX-2) expression.
Figure 2 graphically depicts the effect of a combination of dexamethasone and benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) on IL-1 induced COX-2 expression.
Figure 3 graphically depicts the effect of MIF antagonist, benzimidazol-2-one-5- pentanoate (compound 5) and dexamethasone on IL-1 induced phosphorylation (activation) of ERK (extracellular signal regulated kinase), as detected by Western blotting.
Figure 4 graphically depicts the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate
(compound 5) on in vivo serum IL-6 production in a murine endotoxic shock model.
Figure 5 graphically depicts the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate
(compound 5) on in vivo serum IL-1 production in a murine endotoxic shock model.
Figure 6 graphically depicts the cytotoxicity effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5- pentanoate (compound 5) in vitro.
Figure 7 graphically depicts the cytotoxicity effect of a number of compounds of formula (I) in vitro.
Figure 8 depicts graphically the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5 pentanoate
(compound 5) on antigen-specific activation of splenic T lymphocytes from mice pre-immunised against mBSA. Activation is measured using tritiated
(3H)-thymidine incorporation, as a measure of antigen-induced T cell proliferation. Figure 9 depicts graphically the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5 pentanoate
(compound 5) on cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity reactions in vivo.
Figure 10 depicts graphically the in vivo effects of benzimidazol-2-one-5 pentanoate (compound 5) on murine antigen induced arthritis, an animal model of rheumatoid arthritis.
Figure 11 depicts graphically the effect of in vivo treatment with compounds 5 and 13 on the ex vivo antigen-specific activation of lymph node and splenic T cells in response to mBSA.
Figure 12 depicts graphically the effect of benzimidazol-2-one-5 pentanoate (compound 5) on proliferation of cells treated with recombinant human MIF.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
As used herein, the term "alkyl", either used alone or in compound terms such as NHCalkyl, N(Calkyl)2, etc., refers to monovalent straight, branched or, where appropriate, cyclic aliphatic radicals, having 1 to 3, 1 to 6, 1 to 10 or 1 to 20 carbon atoms as appropriate, e.g. methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, n-butyl, sec-butyl, t-butyl and cyclobutyl, n-pentyl, 1 -methylbutyl, 2-methylbutyl, 3 -methylbutyl, cyclopentyl, n- hexyl, 1- 2- 3- or 4- methylpentyl, 1- 2- or 3-ethylbutyl, 1 or 2- propylpropyl or cyclohexyl.
An alkyl group may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, NO2, CO2H, CO2Cι-6alkyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι-6alkyl), CONH(C 6alkyl)2, OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, methoxy, ethoxy, butyloxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH2, NH(Cι-6alkyl) or NH(Cι_ 6alkyl) . A preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent. Preferred optional substituents are hydroxy, NH2 and CO2H. Examples of alkoxy include methoxy, ethoxy, /z-propoxy, .sø-propoxy, cyclopropoxy, and butoxy (n-, sec- t- and cyclo) pentoxy and hexyloxy. The "alkyl" portion of an alkoxy group maybe substituted as described above.
As used herein, the term "alkenyl" refers to straight, branched, or where appropriate, cyclic carbon containing radicals having one or more double bonds between carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include vinyl, allyl, butenyl, or longer carbon chains such as those derived from palmitoleic, oleic, linoleic, linolenic or arachidonic acids. An alkenyl group may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, N02, CO2H, CO2C]-6alkyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι_6alkyl), CONH(Cι-6alkyl)2, OH, hydroxyalkyl, methyl, ethyl, butyl, propyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH2, NH(Cj-6alkyl) or NH(Cι-6alkyl)2. A preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent, such as NH2, OH or CO2H.
As used herein, the term "alkynyl" refers to straight or branched carbon containing radicals having one or more triple bonds between carbon atoms. Examples of such radicals include propargyl, butynyl and hexynyl. An alkynyl group may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, NO2, CO2H, COCι_6alkyl, CO2NH2, CONH(Cι-6alkyl), CONH(Cι_6alkyl)2, OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH2, NH(Cι-6alkyl) or NH(Cι-6alkyl)2. A preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent, such as NH2, OH and CO2H.
Examples of suitable NH(alkyl) and N(alkyl) include methylamino, ethylamino, isopropylamino, dimethylamino, n-propylamino, diethylamino and di-isopropylamino.
The term "halogen" (or "halo") refers to fluorine (fluoro), chlorine (chloro), bromine (bromo) or iodine (iodo).
The term "sugar" refers to a pyranosyl or furanosyl moiety such as those derived from glucose, galactose, mannose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, ribose, arabinose or xylose. Derivatives of such sugars include deoxy or aminopyranosyl or furanosyl sugar derivatives. Each sugar moiety is incorporated into the compound of formula (I) through a hydroxy group of the sugar moiety.
As used herein, "the characterising group of an amino acid" refers to the substituent at C of a naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring amino acid and which defines the amino acid. The amino acid may be in the L- or D-configuration. For example, methyl is the characterising group of alanine, phenylmethyl is the characterising group of phenylalanine, hydroxymethyl is the characterising group of serine, hydroxyethyl is the characterising group of homoserine and n-propyl is the characterising group of norvaline.
An aryl group, as used herein, refers to C6-Cι0 aryl groups such as phenyl or naphthalene. Aryl groups may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg, chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, N02, CO2H, CO2Cι-6alkyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι-6alkyl), CONH(d_6alkyl)2, OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH2, NH(Cι_6alkyl) or NH(C]_6alkyl)2. A preferred optional substituent is a polar substituent, particularly hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl or halo.
As used herein, the term "heterocyclyl" refers to a cyclic, aliphatic or aromatic radical containing at least one heteroatom independently selected from O, N or S. Examples of suitable heterocyclyl groups include furyl, pyridinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyrazolyl, piperidinyl, pyrrolyl, thiophenyl, oxazolyl, imidazolyl, thiazolyl, isoxazolyl, isothiazolyl, quinolyl, isoquinolyl, indolyl, benzofuranyl, benzothiophenyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, oxadiazolyl and purinyl. Heterocyclyl groups may be optionally substituted one or more times by halo (eg, chloro, fluoro or bromo), CN, NO2, CO2H, CO2Cι-6alkyl, CONH2, CONH(Cι_6alkyl), CONH(Cι_6alkyl)2, OH, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, acyl, carboxyalkyl, acetyl, trifluoromethyl, benzyloxy, phenoxy, NH2, NH(Cι-6alkyl) or NH(Cι-6alkyl)2.
In a first aspect, the present invention provides a method of inhibiting cytokine or biological activity of MIF comprising contacting MIF with a cytokine or biological activity inhibiting effective amount of a compound of formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
Figure imgf000018_0001
wherein
X is selected from -O-, -S-, -C(R5)(R5')- or -N(R6)- and preferably comprises a hydrogen bond donor or acceptor;
Y is selected from -N(R7)-, -O-, -S- or -C(R7)2-;
Z is selected from -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(=NR6)-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
Ri is selected from hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl, (CR5R5')nOR7, (CR5R5-)nSR7, (CR5R5')nN(R6)2 and (CR5R5.)nhalo;
R2 is selected from Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C2oalkynyl, (CRι2Rι2')mC(O)R8, (CR,2R,2.)mC(S)R8, (CRι2Rι2.)mS(O)R8, (CRι2Rι2.)mS(O)2R8, (CRι2Rι2')mOR9, (CR,2R,r)mSR9, (CRι2Rι2.)mNRιoRn, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(=NR24)R22 and (CRι2Rι2.)mRι3;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, (CRι6Rι6.)pNRι4Rι5, (CRι6Rι6-)pORι7, (CR,6Rι6')PSRi7, (CRι6R,6.)Phalo, (CRι6Rι6')PNO2, (CRι6Rι6.)nC(O)R28, (CR,6Rι6.)nC(=NR24)R22, (CRι6R,6.)nS(O)R,7, (CRι6R16.)nS(O)2Rι7, (CRι6Rι6.)nS(O)3Rι7 and (CRι6Rι6.)PC(Rι8)3;
i is selected from hydrogen, halogen, Cι-C alkyl, C2-3alkenyl, C2.3alkynyl and
Figure imgf000018_0002
Each R5 and R5> is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, halo, OR7, SR7 and N(R6)2;
Each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3 alkyl and OR7;
Each R7 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
R8 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, ORι , SRι , N(R20)2, [NH-CH(R2ι)-C(O)]q-OR29, [sugar], and (CR12R12.),Ri3.
R9 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C2oalkynyl, (CRι2Ri2')tRi3. C(O)R23, CO2R23, C(S)R23, C(S)OR23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23, [C(O)CH(R21)NH]q-R23 and [sugar]q;
Rio and Rn are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CRι2Ri2')„.Ri3, C(O)R23, C(S)R23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23. [C(O)CH(R21)NH]q-R23, -[sugar], and NHC(=NR25)-NH2;
Each R12 and Rι2- is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR24, SR2 , halo, N(R24)2, CO2R24, CN, NO2, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Rι3 is selected from OR25, SR25, halo, N(R25)2, C(O)R3ι, CN, C(Rι8)3, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Ri4 and R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, ORι7, (CRι6Rι6.)PC(Rι8)3;
Each Rι6 and Rι6- is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, halo, ORπ, SRι7 and N(Rι7)2;
Each Rn is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each Ris is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; Rι9 and each R20 are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C2o lkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CR26R26')tR27.
R2ι is the characterising group of an amino acid;
R22 is selected from Cι-C6alkyl, NH2, NH(Cι-6alkyl), N(Cι.6alkyl)2, OR29 or SR29;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C2oalkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C2oalkynyl, aryl
Figure imgf000020_0001
Each R2 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C6alkyl;
Each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, Cι-3alkoxyCι-3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
Each R26 and R2& s independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR29, SR29, halo, N(R29)2, CO2R29, CN, NO2, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R27 is selected from hydrogen, OR30, SR30, halo, N(R30)2, CO2R 0, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R28 is selected from hydrogen, Cι_6alkyl, OR29, SR2 or N(R 9)2;
Each R29 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each R30 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R3ι is selected from Cι-3alkyl, OH, Cι_3alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyloxy;
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 20; p is 0 or an integer from 1 to 6; q is an integer from 1 to 5; t is an integer from 1 to 10;
wherein alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
In a preferred embodiment one or more of the following definitions apply:
X is -N(H)-, -N(C,-3alkyl)-, -N(OH)-, -N(OCι-3alkyl)-, -O-, -S-, -CH2-, -CH(OH)-, - CH(NH2)-, -CH(Cι_3alkyl)-, -CH(halo)-, -CH(SH)-, -CH(OCι-3alkyl) or -CH(SCι-3alkyl)-; more preferably, -N(H)-, -CH2-, -S- or -O-.
Y is -NH-, -N(Cι-3alkyl)-, -O-, -S- or -CH2-; more preferably -O-, -NH- or -CH2-;
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -S(O)-, -C(= H)-, -C(=NCι-3alkyl)-, -C(=NOH)- or -C(=NOC,-3alkyl), more preferably -C(O)-, -C(S)- or -S(O)-;
Ri is hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br, more preferably hydrogen, CH3, Br or NHCH3;
R2 is selected from Cι.2oalkyl, Cι-2oalkenyl, (CRi2Ri2')mheterocyclyl, (CRι2Rι2')maryl, (CR12Rι2.)mhalo, (CR12R,2.)mOH, (CR,2Rι2.)mOC1-20alkyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mOC2-20alkenyl, (CRι2R12.)mOC(O)Cι_20alkyl, (CR,2R,2.)mOC(O)C2-2oalkenyl, (CRι2R,2.)mOC(O)aryl, (CRι2Rι2.)mO[C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]r-H, (CRι2Rι2.)mO[sugar]r, (CRI2Rι2.)mNH2
(CRi2Ri2.)mNHCi.2oalkyl, (CR,2R,2.)mN(Cι,2oalkyl)2, (CRι2Rι .)mNHC2.20alkenyl,
(CRι2Rι2.)mN(C2-20alkenyl)2, (CRι2Rι2.)mN(C,-2oalkyl)(C2.2oalkenyl),
(CRι2Rι2.)mNHC(O)Cι.20alkyl, (CRι2R,2.)mNHC(O)C2-2oalkenyl, (CRι2R,2-)mNHC(0)aryl, (CRι2Rι2.)rnNH[C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]r-H, (CRι2R,2.)mNH-[sugar]r, (CRι2R12.)mSO3H, (CRι2Rι2.)mSO3Cι-20alkyl, (CRι2R,2.)mSO3C2.20alkenyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)C,.20alkyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)C2-20alkenyl, (CR]2Rι2.)mCO2H, (CR12R12OmCO2C1.20a.kyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mCO2C2-20alkenyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)NHCι-2oalkyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)N(Cι. 20alkyl)2, (CRι2Ri2 mC(O)NHC2-2θalkenyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)N(C2-20alkenyl)2,
(CRi2Ri2.)mC(O)N(Ci_20alkyl)(C2-20alkenyl), (CRι2R,2.)mC(O)[NHCH(R2ι)C(O)]r-OH,
(CRι2Rι2)mC(O)[NHCH(R2ι)C(O)]r-OCH3 (CRι2R,2.)mC(O)[sugar]r, (CR12Ri2-)mSCι. 6alkyl, C(=N)NHCι-6alkyl; wherein each R12 and Rι2' is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2_6alkynyl, halogen, OH, hydroxyCι-6alkyl, OCι_6alkyl, CO2H, CO2Cι-3alkyl, NH2, NHCι-3alkyl, N(Cι-3alkyl)2, CN, NO2, aryl or heterocyclyl; R2ι is the characterising group of an amino acid, m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 20 and r is an integer from 1 to 5; more preferably R2 is selected from (CH2)ι_6CO2H, Cι_20alkyl, Cj. 20alkenyl, CO2Cι_6alkyl, (CH2)o-6 H2, (CH2)ι-6heterocyclyl, (CH2)ι-6aryl wherein aryl is optionally substituted with one or more OH or hydroxyCι-3alkyl groups, CO2Cι_ 6alkyleneOCι-6alkyl wherein the Cι_6alkyl is optionally substituted with OH, C(O)[NHCH(R2ι)C(O)]r-OH, C(0)[NHCH(R2ι)C(O)]r-OCH3, SOsCi.ioal yl, SO2NHd. ιθalkyl, C(=N)NHCι-6alkyl, (CH2)ι-3Osugar, (CH2)ι-3SCι-6alkyl, C(O)Cι.6alkylCO2H, C)O)SCι_6alkyl, NHC(O)Cι.3alkylSheterocyclyl, C(O)NH(CH2)1-3aryl wherein aryl is optionally substituted with one or more OH groups;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen - alkyl, -(CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, (CH2)nC(O)Cι-3alkyl, -(CH2)n-CF3 or -(CH2)„-SH wherein n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; more preferably R3 is hydrogen, NH2, (CH2)nC(O)Cι.3alkyl, NO2, Br, OH, or CH3;
Rt is hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, -CH_=CH2, CH2CF3, fluoro, chloro or bromo, more preferably hydrogen or bromo, especially hydrogen.
At least one of R5 and R5> is hydrogen in each (CR5R5') and wherein the number of (CR5R ') as designated by n is greater than 2, preferably less than 2 of R5 and R5- are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CR5R5')n represents an unsubstituted alkylene chain with n designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
At least one of Rn and Rι2> is hydrogen in each (CRι2Rι2') and wherein the number of (CRι2Rι2>) as designated by m is greater than 5, preferably less than 5 of Rn and Rw are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CRι2Rι2')m represents an unsubstituted alkylene chain with m designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
At least one of Rι6 and Ri6- is hydrogen in each (CRι6Rι6-) and wherein the number of (CRι6Rι6-) as designated by n is greater than 2, preferably less than 2 of Rι6 and Rι6> are other than hydrogen, and wherein the number of (CRι6Rι6-) as designated by p is greater than 4, preferably less than 4 of Rι6 and Rι6> are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CRι6Rι6')n and (CRι6Ri6')P represent an unsubstituted alkylene chain with n or p designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
At least one of R26 and R26> is hydrogen in each (CR26R26') and wherein the number of (CR26R26') as designated by t is greater than 5, preferably less than 5 of R26 and R26' are other than hydrogen, more preferably, (CR26R26')t represents an unsubstituted alkylene chain with t designating the number of methylene groups in the chain.
Alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl, are optionally substituted with one or more substituents selected from the group halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl, alkoxy, Cι-6alkyl, carboxylic acid, carboxylic ester, amino, alkyl substituted amino, -CN and -NO2, particularly halogen, hydroxy, hydroxyalkyl and carboxylic acid.
In certain preferred forms of the invention, the compounds of formula (I) include:
Figure imgf000023_0001
wherein
X is selected from -O-, -S-, -C(R5)(R5.)- or -N(R6)- and preferably comprises a hydrogen bond donor or acceptor;
Y is selected from -N(R7)- or -C(R7)2-;
Z is selected from -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(=NR6)-, -S(O)- or -S(O)2-;
Ri is selected from hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl, (CR5R5.)nOR7, (CR5R5-)nSR7, (CR5R5')nN(R6)2 and (CR5R5.)nhalo;
R2 is selected from Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)R8, (CR,2R,2.)mC(S)R8, (CRι2Ri2-)mS(O)R8, (CRι2Rι2.)mS(O)2R8, (CR12Rι2.)mOR9, (CRι2Rι2;)mSR9, (CRι2Rι2.)mNRιoRn, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(=NR24)R22 and (CRι2Rι2-)mRi3;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl,
Figure imgf000024_0001
(CRι6Rι6')pORπ, (CR,6Ri6')PSRi7, (CR,6Rι6.)phalo, (CR16Rι6.)PNO2, (CRι6Rι6.)„C(O)R28,
(CRi6R,6.)nC R24)R22, (CRi6R16.)nS(O)R,7, (CRι6R,6.)nS(O)2Rι7, (CR,6Rι6.)nS(O)3Rι7 and (CRi6Ri6-)PC(R,8)3;
Ri is selected from hydrogen, halogen, Cι-C3alkyl, C2.3alkenyl, C2_3alkynyl and
Figure imgf000024_0002
Each R5 and Rs- is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C alkyl, halo, OR7, SR7 and N(R6)2;
Each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl and OR7;
Each R7 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
R8 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, OR]9, SRι9, N(R20)2, [NH-CH(R2ι)-C(O)]q-OR29, [sugar], and (CRι2Rι2.)tRι3; R9 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C2oalkynyl, (CRι2Rι2')tRi3. C(O)R23, CO2R23, C(S)R23, C(S)OR23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23, [C(0)CH(R2,)NH]q-R23 and [sugar]q;
Rio and Rn are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C2oalkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mRi3, C(O)R23, C(S)R23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23, [C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]q-R23, -[sugar], and NHC(=NR25)-NH2;
Each Rι2 and Rj2. is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR24, SR24, halo, N(R24)2, CO2R24, CN, NO2, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Rι3 is selected from OR25, SR25, halo, N(R25)2, C(O)R3ι, CN, C(Rι8)3, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Rι4 and R15 are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, ORι7, (CRι6Rι6.)PC(Rι8)3;
Each Rι6 and Rι6- is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, halo, OR17, SRπ and N(Rι7)2;
Each Rn is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each Ris is independently selected from hydrogen and halo;
Rι9 and each R20 are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CR26R26.)tR27;
R21 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
R22 is selected from Cι-C6alkyl, NH2, NH(Cι_6alkyl), N(Cι-6alkyl)2, OR29 or SR29;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, aryl (CR26R26.)tR27;
Each R24 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C6alkyl;
Each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, Cι-3alkoxyCι-3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
Each R26 and R26- is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR29, SR29, halo, N(R29)2, CO2R29, CN, NO2, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R27 is selected from hydrogen, OR30, SR30, halo, N(R30)2, CO2R30, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R28 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-6alkyl, OR2 , SR29 or N(R29)2;
Each R29 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each R30 is independently selected from hydrogen, d-C3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R3ι is selected from Cι-3alkyl, OH, Cι_3alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyloxy;
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 20; p is 0 or an integer from 1 to 6; q is an integer from 1 to 5; t is an integer from 1 to 10;
wherein alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
In certain preferred forms of the invention, the compounds of formula (I) include:
Figure imgf000027_0001
wherein
X is -O-, -S-, -C(R5)2- or -N(R6)-;
Y is -N(R7)-, -O-, -S- or -C(R7)2-;
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -S(O)- or -C(=NR6);
Ri is hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
R2 is Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CR12Rι2.)mC(O)R8, -(CRι2Rι2')mC(S)R8, -(CRι2Rι2')mS(O)R8, -(CR,2Rι2')mS(O)2R8, -(CRι2Ri2')mOR9, -(CRι2Rι2.)mSR9, -(CRι2Rι mNRιθRn, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(=NR24)R22 or (CR12Ri2')mRi3 where m, R7, R8, R9, Rio, Rn, Rι2, Rι2', Rι3, R22 and R24 are defined above;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, Cι-6alkyl, -(CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)„NO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)nC(O)Cι. 3alkyl, -(CH2)nCF3 or -(CH2)nSH where n is defined above;
Rt is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3 or -CH2=CH2.
Preferred compounds of formula (I) comprise
Figure imgf000028_0001
wherein X is -N(R6)-;
Y is -N(R7)- or -C(R7)2-;
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -S(O)- or -C(-NH);
Ri is hydrogen, CH3, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
R2 is as defined for R2 above;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, C..3alkyl. (CH2)„NH2, (CH2)nNO2, (CH2)„OH, (CH2)nC(O)CH3 or (CH2)nCF3 where n is defined above;
Ri is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3 or -CH2=CH2.
Preferred compounds of formula (I) are benzimidazole compounds having the formula (II)
Figure imgf000029_0001
wherein
Ri is hydrogen, CH3, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
R2 is as defined for R2 above;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, Cι-C3alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, (CH2)nNO2, (CH2)nOH, CH2C(0)CH3, (CH2)nCF3 where n is defined above.
R4 is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3 or -CH2=CH2.
Other preferred compounds of formula (I) are compounds having formula (El):
Figure imgf000029_0002
wherein
X is -O-, -NH- or-CH2-
Y is -NH-, -O- or-CH2- Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)- or-S(O)-;
Rioi is selected from hydrogen, C].3alkyl, OH, SH, NH2, NHCι-3alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
Rι0 is selected from Cι-20alkyl, C2-20alkenyl, CO2H, CO2Rι05, -NH2, F, Cl, Br, (CH2)wRio6. C(O)N(Rio7)2, C(=N)NHCι-6alkyl, SO2Cι-6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(Rι08)C(O)]q-ORι09, C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι_6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OCι-ι0alkyl, and SO2NHCι_ι0alkyl;
Rι03 is selected from hydrogen, f, Cl, Br, Cι_6alkyl, -(CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3, -(CH2)nC(O)Cι-3alkyl or -(CH2)„-SH;
Rιo is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2C(Rno)3, C(Rno)3, -CH2=CH2, fluoro, chloro or bromo;
R105 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-20alkyl, C2-20alkenyl or (CH )tOCι-3alkyl;
Rιo6 is selected from SH, SCι_6alkyl, OH, OCι-6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each ιo7 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι. 0alkyl, C2-20alkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH2)theterocyclyl;
Rios is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo9 is hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl;
Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6; t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
Preferred compounds of formula (I) are benzimidazole compounds having formula (IN):
Figure imgf000031_0001
wherein
Rioi is selected from hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, ΝH2, NHCH3, F, Cl orBr;
R,02 is selected from Cι-20alkyl, C2-2oalkenyl, CO2H, CO2Rι05, -NH2, F, Cl, Br, (CH2)wRι06, C(O)N(Rι07)2, C(-N)NHCι.6alkyl, SO2Cι-6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(Rι08)C(O)]q-ORι09, C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(0)SC1-6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OCι_ιoalkyl, and SO2NHCι.ι0alkyl;
R,03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, Cι.6alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)„-CF3, CH2C(O)CH3 or -(CH2)n-SH;
Rιo4 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH CF3, -CH2=CH2 fluoro, chloro or bromo;
Rιo5 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-ι0alkyl, C2_ι0alkenyl, (CH2) OCι-3alkyl; Rιo6 is selected from SH, SCι_6alkyl, OH, OCι-6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each Ri07 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι_ιoalkyl, C2-ιoalkenyl, (CH2) aryl and (CH2)theterocyclyl;
Rιo8 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo is hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl;
Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6, t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
Examples of suitable compound include
Figure imgf000032_0001
Figure imgf000033_0001
Figure imgf000033_0002
Figure imgf000034_0001
Figure imgf000034_0002
Figure imgf000034_0003
Figure imgf000034_0004
Compounds of formula (I) maybe prepared using the methods depicted or described herein or known in the art. It will be understood that minor modifications to methods described herein or known in the art may be required to synthesize particular compounds of formula (I). General synthetic procedures applicable to the synthesis of compounds may be found in standard references such as Comprehensive Organic Transformations, R. C. Larock, 1989, NCH Publishers and Advanced Organic Chemistry, J. March, 4th Edition (1992), Wiley InterScience, and references therein. It will also be recognised that certain reactive groups may require protection and deprotection during the synthetic process. Suitable protecting and deprotecting methods for reactive functional groups are known in the art for example in Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, T. W. Green & P. Wutz, John Wiley & Son, 3rd Edition, 1999.
Thus, for certain embodiments of the invention, compounds of formula (I), where X and Y are Ν and Z is -C(O)-, -S(O)- or -(C=ΝR6)- may be prepared in accordance with the exemplified general methods depicted in scheme 1 (3). Suitable starting materials can be obtained commercially or prepared using methods known in the art.
Figure imgf000035_0001
Scheme 1
When R is -CO2H or -C(S)OH, the compounds may be further derivatised to provide ketones, thioketones, esters, thioesters, amides and thioamides by standard alkylating, esterifying or amide forming methodology. When R is hydroxy, thiol or amino, these groups may be further derivatised to provide esters, thioesters, amides, ethers, thioethers and N-alkyl groups using standard acylating or alkylating methodology. Conversion of an amide to C=NH(NH2) can be achieved by aminolysis eg NH3/dry methanol.
When R is CO2H, a methylene group can be inserted between the benzene nucleus and the carboxylic acid group by Arndt-Eistert synthesis, eg by conversion of the carboxylic acid to an acyl halide and conversion to the diazoketone. Rearrangement of the diazoketone (eg with silver oxide and water) affords access to the CH2-CO2H group. Repeating these steps allows for further incorporation of methylene groups. The CO2H group can be converted as above. In other embodiments, compounds of formula (I), where R2 is a substituted methyl group, can be prepared by conversion of the methyl substituent (R2) into a halomethyl substituent (eg by treatment with a N-halosuccinimide such as NBS) followed by nucleophilic substitution by an appropriate nucleophile and/or insertion of additional methylene groups by, for example, Wittig reaction (see Scheme 2 where R can be, for example, (CH2)mOH, (CH2)mSH, (CH2)mNH2 (CH2)mC(O)Cι-20alkyl, (CH2)mOC(O)Cι.,0alkyl, (CH2)mOC_. 20alkyl, (CH2)mOphenyl, (CH2)mObenzyl, (CH2)rnNHCι-20alkyl, (CH2)mN(Cι-20alkyl)2, (CH2)mNHphenyl, (CH2)mNHbenzyl, (CH2)mSCι-20alkyl, (CH2)mSC(O)Cι-ι0alkyl, (CH2)mSphenyl, (CH2)mSbenzyl, (CH2)mNHsugar, (CH2)mSsugar, (CH2)mOsugar, (CH2)mNHC(O)Ci.,oalkyl, (CH2)mNHC(O)phenyl, (CH2)mNHC(O)benzyl,
(CH2)mNHCO2Cι-6alkyl, (CH2)mNHCO2phenyl, or (CH2)mNHCO2benzyl , where m is 0 or 1 to 20).
Figure imgf000036_0001
nucleophilic substitution t and/or Wittig
Figure imgf000036_0002
Scheme 2 In other embodiments, compounds where R2 is CH2halo can be prepared by reaction of a suitable carboxylic acid derivative with a reducing agent such as LiAlH4, followed by halogenation, eg treatment with thionyl chloride (Scheme 3).
Reduction
Figure imgf000037_0001
Figure imgf000037_0002
SOCI
Figure imgf000037_0003
Scheme 3
Coupling of compounds wherein R2 is CH2halo with a Cι_6alkylhalide, halo(CH2)nheterocyclyl in the presence of CuLi affords the corresponding compounds where the R2 substituent is Cι-6alkyl, (CH2)nheterocyclyl.
Reaction of CH2halo with NH2-NH-C(=NH)-NH2 in the presence of base affords access to compounds wherein R2 is CH2-NH-NH-C(=NH)-NH2. Alternatively, reaction of the CH2halo group with halo(CH2)pNH-NH-C(=NH)-NH2 (where p is 1 or 2), affords the group (CH2)PNH-NH-C(=NH)-NH2 where p is 2 or 3. Other embodiments of formula (I) may be prepared by known methods. For example, furan, thiophene and indole derivatives may be prepared by cyclisation of hydroxy acids, thiol acids or amino acids respectively. For example,
Figure imgf000038_0001
Scheme 4
The term "salt, or prodrug" includes any pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester, solvate, hydrate or any other compound which, upon administration to the recipient is capable of providing (directly or indirectly) a compound of formula (I) as described herein. The term "pro-drug" is used in its broadest sense and encompasses those derivatives that are converted in vivo to the compounds of the invention. Such derivatives would readily occur to those skilled in the art, and include, for example, compounds where a free hydroxy group is converted into an ester, such as an acetate, or where a free amino group is converted into an amide. Procedures for acylating hydroxy or amino groups of the compounds of the invention are well known in the art and may include treatment of the compound with an appropriate carboxylic acid, anhydride or acylchloride in the presence of a suitable catalyst or base.
Suitable pharmaceutically acceptable salts include, but are not limited to, salts of pharmaceutically acceptable inorganic acids such as hydrochloric, sulphuric, phosphoric, nitric, carbonic, boric, sulfamic, and hydrobromic acids, or salts of pharmaceutically acceptable organic acids such as acetic, propionic, butyric, tartaric, maleic, hydroxymaleic, fumaric, maleic, citric, lactic, mucic, gluconic, benzoic, succinic, oxalic, phenylacetic, methanesulphonic, toluenesulphonic, benezenesulphonic, salicyclic sulphanilic, aspartic, glutamic, edetic, stearic, palmitic, oleic, lauric, pantothenic, tannic, ascorbic and valeric acids. Base salts include, but are not limited to, those formed with pharmaceutically acceptable cations, such as sodium, potassium, lithium, calcium, magnesium, ammonium and alkylammonium.
Basic nitrogen-containing groups may be quarternised with such agents as lower alkyl halide, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, and butyl chlorides, bromides and iodides; dialkyl sulfates like dimethyl and diethyl sulfate; and others.
It will also be recognised that some compounds of formula (I) may possess asymmetric centres and are therefore capable of existing in more than one stereoisomeric form. The invention thus also relates to compounds in substantially pure isomeric form at one or more asymmetric centres eg., greater than about 90% ee, such as about 95% or 97% ee or greater than 99% ee, as well as mixtures, including racemic mixtures, thereof. Such isomers may be prepared by asymmetric synthesis, for example using chiral intermediates, or by chiral resolution.
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating, preventing or diagnosing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising the administration of a treatment, prevention or diagnostic effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In a further aspect, there is provided the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment, prevention or diagnosis of a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided an agent for the treatment, prevention or diagnosis of a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof. As used herein, MIF includes human or other animal MIF and derivatives and naturally occurring variants thereof which at least partially retain MIF cytokine or biological activity. Thus, the subject to be treated may be human or other animal such as a mammal. Non-human subjects include, but are not limited to primates, livestock animals (eg sheep, cows, horses, pigs, goats), domestic animals (eg dogs, cats), birds and laboratory test animals (eg mice rats, guinea pigs, rabbits). MIF is also expressed in plants (thus "MIF" may also refer to plant MIF) and where appropriate, compounds of formula (I) may be used in botanical/agricultural applications such as crop control.
Reference herein to "cytokine or biological activity" of MIF includes the cytokine or biological effect on cellular function via autocrine, endocrine, paracrine, cytokine, hormone or growth factor activity or via intracellular effects.
In particular, the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising:
Rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), Lyme disease, connective tissue diseases
(including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjδgren's syndrome), vasculitides (including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease
(including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), peptic ulceration, gastritis, oesophagitis, liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, sclerosing cholangitis, primary biliary cirrhosis), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to diffuse interstitial lung diseases, pneumoconioses, fibrosing alveolitis, asthma, bronchitis, bronchiectasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), cancers whether primary or metastatic (including but not limited to colon cancer, lymphoma, lung cancer, melanoma, prostate cancer, breast cancer, stomach cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer, multiple myeloma and metastatic cancer), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease), disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, brain disorders (eg dementia, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), corneal disease, iritis, iridocyclitis, cataracts, uveitis, sarcoidosis, diseases characterised by modified angiogenesis (eg diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis, cancer), endometrial function (menstruation, implantation, parturition, endometriosis), psoriasis, endotoxic (septic) shock, exotoxic (septic) shock, infective (true septic) shock, other complications of infection, pelvic inflammatory disease, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, bone diseases
(eg osteoporosis, Paget's disease), atopic dermatitis, UN(B)-induced dermal cell activation (eg sunburn, skin cancer), malarial complications, diabetes mellitus, pain, inflammatory consequences of trauma or ischaemia, testicular dysfunctions and wound healing, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In a preferred embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune . diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjδgren's syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), peptic ulceration, gastritis, oesophagitis, liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to diffuse interstitial lung diseases, asthma, bronchitis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), cancers whether primary or metastatic (including but not limited to colon cancer, lymphoma, lung cancer, melanoma, prostate cancer, breast cancer, stomach cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer, multiple myeloma and metastatic cancer), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction), brain disorders (eg multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), iritis, iridocyclitis, uveitis, sarcoidosis, diseases characterised by modified angiogenesis (eg diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis, cancer), psoriasis, endotoxic (septic) shock, exotoxic (septic) shock, infective (true septic) shock, pelvic inflammatory disease, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, bone diseases (including but not limited to osteoporosis, Paget's disease), atopic dermatitis, malarial complications, diabetes mellitus, pain, inflammatory consequences of trauma or ischaemia, and wound healing, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In yet another preferred embodiment of the invention there is provided a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis,), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), cancers whether primary or metastatic (including but not limited to colon cancer, lymphoma, lung cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer, multiple myeloma and metastatic cancer), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction), brain disorders (eg multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), uveitis, sarcoidosis, diseases characterised by modified angiogenesis (eg diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis, cancer), psoriasis, endotoxic (septic) shock, exotoxic (septic) shock, infective (true septic) shock, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, bone diseases (including but not limited to osteoporosis, Paget's disease), atopic dermatitis, malarial complications, diabetes mellitus, pain, inflammatory consequences of trauma or ischaemia, and wound healing, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In yet another preferred embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis,), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis,), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), cancers whether primary or metastatic (including but not limited to colon cancer, lymphoma, lung cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer, multiple myeloma and metastatic cancer), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction), brain disorders (eg multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), psoriasis, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, and wound healing, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In a further preferred embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis,), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis,), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited toulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis,), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction), brain disorders (eg multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), psoriasis, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, atopic dermatitis, and wound healing, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In yet a further preferred embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica), spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis,), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis,), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction), brain disorders (eg multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), psoriasis, transplant rejection, allergic rhinitis, and atopic dermatitis, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
In yet a further preferred embodiment, the invention provides a method of treating, diagnosing or preventing autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including a disease or condition selected from the group comprising rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica), spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction), brain disorders (eg multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), psoriasis, and transplant rejection, comprising the administration of a treatment, diagnosis or prevention effective amount of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
A further aspect of the invention provides for the use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease or condition as above.
As used herein, the term "effective amount" relates to an amount of compound which, when administered according to a desired dosing regimen, provides the desired MIF cytokine inhibiting or treatment or therapeutic activity, or disease/condition prevention. Dosing may occur at intervals of minutes, hours, days, weeks, months or years or continuously over any one of these periods. A cytokine or biological activity inhibiting amount is an amount which will at least partially inhibit the cytokine or biological activity of MIF. A therapeutic, or treatment, effective amount is an amount of the compound which, when administered according to a desired dosing regimen, is sufficient to at least partially attain the desired therapeutic effect, or delay the onset of, or inhibit the progression of or halt or partially or fully reverse the onset or progression of a particular disease condition being treated. A prevention effective amount is an amount of compound which when administered according to the desired dosing regimen is sufficient to at least partially prevent or delay the onset of a particular disease or condition. A diagnostic effective amount of compound is an amount sufficient to bind to MIF to enable detection of the MIF-compound complex such that diagnosis of a disease or condition is possible.
Suitable dosages may lie within the range of about 0.1 ng per kg of body weight to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage. The dosage is preferably in the range of 1 μg to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage, such as is in the range of 1 mg to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage. In one embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 500 mg per kg of body weight per dosage. In another embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 250 mg per kg of body weight per dosage. In yet another preferred embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 100 mg per kg of body weight per dosage, such as up to 50 mg per kg of body weight per dosage. In yet another embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 μg to lmg per kg of body weight per dosage.
Suitable dosage amounts and dosing regimens can be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian and may depend on the desired level of inhibiting activity, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition as well as the general age, health and weight of the subject.
The active ingredient may be administered in a single dose or a series of doses. While it is possible for the active ingredient to be administered alone, it is preferable to present it as a composition, preferably as a pharmaceutical composition. In a further aspect of the invention, there is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof together with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, diluent or excipient.
The formulation of such compositions is well known to those skilled in the art. The composition may contain pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as carriers, diluents or excipients. These include, where appropriate, all conventional solvents, dispersion agents, fillers, solid carriers, coating agents, antifungal and antibacterial agents, dermal penetration agents, surfactants, isotonic and absorption agents and the like. It will be understood that the compositions of the invention may also include other supplementary physiologically active agents.
The carrier must be pharmaceutically acceptable in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of the composition and not injurious to the subject. Compositions include those suitable for oral, rectal, inhalational, nasal, transdermal, topical (including buccal and sublingual), vaginal or parenteral (including subcutaneous, intramuscular, intraspinal, intravenous and intradermal) administration. The compositions may conveniently be presented in unit dosage form and may be prepared by any methods well known in the art of pharmacy. Such methods include the step of bringing into association the active ingredient with the carrier which constitutes one or more accessory ingredients.
In general, the compositions are prepared by uniformly and intimately bringing into association the active ingredient with liquid carriers or finely divided solid carriers or both, and then if necessary shaping the product.
Depending on the disease or condition to be treated, it may or may not be desirable for a compound of formula (I) to cross the blood/brain barrier. Thus the compositions for use in the present invention may be formulated to be water or lipid soluble.
Compositions of the present invention suitable for oral administration may be presented as discrete units such as capsules, sachets or tablets each containing a predetermined amount of the active ingredient; as a powder or granules; as a solution or a suspension in an aqueous or non-aqueous liquid; or as an oil-in-water liquid emulsion or a water-in-oil liquid emulsion. The active ingredient may also be presented as a bolus, electuary or paste.
A tablet may be made by compression or moulding, optionally with one or more accessory ingredients. Compressed tablets may be prepared by compressing in a suitable machine the active ingredient in a free-flowing form such as a powder or granules, optionally mixed with a binder (eg inert diluent, preservative, disintegrant (eg. sodium starch glycolate, cross-linked polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cross-linked sodium carboxymethyl cellulose)) surface-active or dispersing agent. Moulded tablets may be made by moulding in a suitable machine a mixture of the powdered compound moistened with an inert liquid diluent. The tablets may optionally be coated or scored and may be formulated so as to provide slow or controlled release of the active ingredient therein using, for example, hydroxypropylmethyl cellulose in varying proportions to provide the desired release profile. Tablets may optionally be provided with an enteric coating, to provide release in parts of the gut other than the stomach.
Compositions suitable for topical administration in the mouth include lozenges comprising the active ingredient in a flavoured base, usually sucrose and acacia or tragacanth gum; pastilles comprising the active ingredient in an inert basis such as gelatin and glycerin, or sucrose and acacia gum; and mouthwashes comprising the active ingredient in a suitable liquid carrier.
The compounds of formula (I) may also be administered mtranasally or via inhalation, for example by atomiser, aerosol or nebulizer means.
Compositions suitable for topical administration to the skin may comprise the compounds dissolved or suspended in any suitable carrier or base and may be in the form of lotions, gel, creams, pastes, ointments and the like. Suitable carriers include mineral oil, propylene glycol, polyoxyethylene, polyoxypropylene, emulsifying wax, sorbitan monostearate, polysorbate 60, cetyl esters wax, cetearyl alcohol, 2-octyldodecanol, benzyl alcohol and water. Transdermal devices, such as patches, may also be used to administer the compounds of the invention.
Compositions for rectal administration may be presented as a suppository with a suitable carrier base comprising, for example, cocoa butter, gelatin, glycerin or polyethylene glycol.
Compositions suitable for vaginal administration may be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
Compositions suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous isotonic sterile injection solutions which may contain anti-oxidants, buffers, bactericides and solutes which render the composition isotonic with the blood of the intended recipient; and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents and thickening agents. The compositions may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose sealed containers, for example, ampoules and vials, and may be stored in a freeze-dried (lyophilised) condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier, for example water for injections, immediately prior to use. Extemporaneous injection solutions and suspensions may be prepared from sterile powders, granules and tablets of the kind previously described.
Preferred unit dosage compositions are those containing a daily dose or unit, daily sub- dose, as herein above described, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the active ingredient.
It should be understood that in addition to the active ingredients particularly mentioned above, the compositions of this invention may include other agents conventional in the art having regard to the type of composition in question, for example, those suitable for oral administration may include such further agents as binders, sweeteners, thickeners, flavouring agents, disintegrating agents, coating agents, preservatives, lubricants and/or time delay agents. Suitable sweeteners include sucrose, lactose, glucose, aspartame or saccharine. Suitable disintegrating agents include corn starch, methylcellulose, polyvinylpyrrolidone, xanthan gum, bentonite, alginic acid or agar. Suitable flavouring agents include peppermint oil, oil of wintergreen, cherry, orange or raspberry flavouring. Suitable coating agents include polymers or copolymers of acrylic acid and/or methacrylic acid and/or their esters, waxes, fatty alcohols, zein, shellac or gluten. Suitable preservatives include sodium benzoate, vitamin E, alpha-tocopherol, ascorbic acid, methyl paraben, propyl paraben or sodium bisulphite. Suitable lubricants include magnesium stearate, stearic acid, sodium oleate, sodium chloride or talc. Suitable time delay agents include glyceryl monostearate or glyceryl distearate.
It will be recognised that other therapeutically active agents such as anti-inflammatory (eg steroids such as glucocorticoids) or anti-cancer agents may be used in conjunction with a compound of formula (I). Compounds of formula (I) when administered in conjunction with other therapeutically active agents may exhibit an additive or synergistic effect. These may be administered simultaneously, either as a combined form (ie as a single composition containing the active agents) or as discrete dosages. Alternatively, the other therapeutically active agents may be administered sequentially or separately with the compounds of the invention. Thus, the invention also relates to kits and combinations, comprising a compound of formula (I) and one or more other therapeutically active ingredients for use in the treatment of diseases or conditions described herein.
Without being limiting, examples of agents which could be used in combination with a compound of formula (I) include: glucocorticoids, antirheumatic drugs (including but not limited to methotrexate, leflimomide, sulphasalazine, hydroxycholorquine, gold salts); immunosuppressive drugs (including but not limited to cyclosporin, mycophenyllate mofetil, azathioprine, cyclophosphamide); anti-cytokine therapies (including but not limited to antagonists of, antibodies to, binding proteins for, or soluble receptors for tumor necrosis factor, interleukin 1, interleukin 3, interleukin 5, interleukin 6, interleukin 8, interleukin 12, interleukin 18, interleukin 17, and other pro-inflammatory cytokines as may be found relevant to pathological states); antagonists or inhibitors of mitogen-activated protein (MAP) kinases (including but not limited to antagonists or inhibitors of extracellular signal-regulated kinases (ERK), the c-Jun N-terminal kinases/stress-activated protein kinases (JNK/SAPK), and the p38 MAP kinases, and other kinases or enzymes or proteins involved in MAP kinase-dependent cell activation); antagonists or inhibitors of the nuclear factor kappa-B (NF-κB) signal transduction pathway (including but not limited to antagonists or inhibitors of I-κB-kinase, interleukin receptor activated kinase, and other kinases or enzymes or proteins involved in NF- B-dependent cell activation); antibodies, protein therapeutics, or small molecule therapeutics interacting with adhesion molecules and co-stimulatory molecules (including but not limited to therapeutic agents directed against intercellular adhesion molecule-1, CD40, CD40-ligand, CD28, CD4, CD-3, selectins such as P-selectin or E-selectin); bronchodilators such as β-adrenoceptor agonists or anti-cholinergics; antagonists of eicosanoid synthesis pathways such as non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs, cyclooxygenase-2 inhibitors, thromboxane inhibitors, or lipoxygenase inhibitors; antibodies or other agents directed against leukocyte surface antigens (including but not limited to antibodies or other agents directed against CD3, CD4, CD5, CD 19, CD20, HLA molecules); agents used for the treatment of inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to sulphasalazine, mesalazine, salicylic acid derivatives); anti-cancer drugs (including but not limited to cytotoxic drugs, cytolytic drugs, monoclonal antibodies).
In another aspect, the invention provides a method of treating or preventing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising:
administering to a mammal a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and a second therapeutic agent.
In a preferred embodiment of the invention, the second therapeutic agent is a glucocorticoid compound. The mechanism through which MIF antagonises the effects of glucocorticoids has not been fully eludicated. Glucocorticoid effects on inflammation are dependent upon the transactivation of genes which exert inhibitory effects on cell activation, or on the transrepression of genes which exert stimulatory effects on cell activation. Transrepression effects are in part mediated via effects on intra-cellular signal transduction pathways such as the nuclear factor KB (NF-KB) and mitogen activated protein kinase (MAPK) pathways.
Without wishing to be bound by theory, it is possible that suppression of activation of signal transduction pathways by a MIF inhibitor may allow a glucocorticoid to be more effective. The ability of glucocorticoids to inhibit the activation of MAPK pathways is uncertain. Glucocorticoids have been variously reported either to suppress, or to be unable to suppress, MAPK activation under various conditions (13-15). Activation of the MAPK pathway known as ERK (extracellular signal regulated kinase, also known as p44/42 MAP kinase), as measured by the phosphorylation of ERK protein detected with a phospho- specific antibody, is increased by stimuli such as interleukin- 1 (IL-1) (Figure 3). The ERK pathway is also known to be activated by MIF (16). In experiments using human dermal fibroblasts, the glucocorticoid dexamethasone does not inhibit ERK pathway activation by IL-1. The combination of dexamethasone with a compound that inhibits the cytokine or biological activity of MIF, however, was able to inhibit ERK activation (Figure 3).
Notwithstanding the incomplete understanding of the interacting pathways involved, it is possible that administration of a compound which inhibits the cytokine or biological activity of MIF in combination with a glucocorticoid exerts inhibitory effects on signal transduction pathways that are greater than the effects of the glucocorticoid alone. Where these signal transduction pathways are known to be important in the regulation of cell activation in conditions such as inflammatory diseases, it is likely that this greater effect would permit the use of lower doses of the glucococorticoid in a given patient; that is, the compound which inhibits the cytokine or biological activity of MIF would have a "steroid- sparing" effect.
In another aspect, the present invention provides a method of prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, said method comprising: administering to a mammal a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
In yet another aspect, the present invention provides a method of treating steroid-resistant diseases comprising:
administering to a mammal a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
h a further aspect, the present invention provides a method of enhancing the effect of a glucocorticoid in mammals comprising administering a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, simultaneously, separately or sequentially with said glucocorticoid.
In yet a further aspect, the present invention provides a composition comprising a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a use of a glucocorticoid in the manufacture of a medicament for administration with a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereo, for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated.
In yet a further aspect of the invention there is provided a use of a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof, in the manufacture of a medicament for administration with a glucocorticoid for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment of a glucocorticoid is indicated.
In yet a further aspect of the invention there is provided a use of a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated.
Preferably the amount of glucocorticoid used in the methods, uses and compositions of the invention is less than the amount which would be effective in the absence of the compound of formula (I). In the treatment of steroid-resistant diseases or conditions which are not responsive to glucocorticoids, any amount of glucocorticoid which is effective in combination with a compound of formula (I) is considered less than the amount which would be effective in the absence of a compound formula (I). Accordingly, the invention provides a steroid-sparing therapy.
In preferred embodiments of the invention, the glucocorticoid and the compound of formula (I) are used to treat or prevent a disease or condition in a mammal, preferably in a human subject.
The term "disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated" refers to diseases or conditions which are capable of being treated by administration of a glucocorticoid including but not limited to autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoeitic tumours, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases. Examples of such diseases or conditions include:
Rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), Lyme disease, connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjδgren's syndrome), vasculitides (including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease
(including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), peptic ulceration, gastritis, oesophagitis, liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, sclerosing cholangitis, primary biliary cirrhosis), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to diffuse interstitial lung diseases, pneumoconioses, fibrosing alveolitis, asthma, bronchitis, bronchiectasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), cancers whether primary or metastatic (including but not limited to colon cancer, lymphoma, lung cancer, melanoma, prostate cancer, breast cancer, stomach cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer, multiple myeloma and metastatic cancer), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease), disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, brain disorders (eg dementia, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), corneal disease, iritis, iridocyclitis, cataracts, uveitis, sarcoidosis, diseases characterised by modified angiogenesis (eg diabetic retinopathy, rheumatoid arthritis, cancer), endometrial function (menstruation, implantation, parturition, endometriosis), psoriasis, endotoxic (septic) shock, exotoxic (septic) shock, infective (true septic) shock, other complications of infection, pelvic inflammatory disease, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, bone diseases (eg osteoporosis, Paget's disease), atopic dermatitis, UV(B)-induced dermal cell activation (eg sunburn, skin cancer), malarial complications, diabetes mellitus, pain, inflammatory consequences of trauma or ischaemia, testicular dysfunctions and wound healing.
These diseases or conditions may also include steroid-resistant diseases or conditions where treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, but where the glucocorticoid is ineffective or is not as effective as expected.
Compounds of formula (I) may be particularly useful in combination with a glucocorticoid, for the treatment of a disease or condition selected from autoimmune diseases, or chronic or acute inflammatory diseases, including rheumatic diseases (including but not limited to rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, polymyalgia rheumatica) spondyloarthropathies (including but not limited to ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome), crystal arthropathies (including but not limited to gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease), connective tissue diseases (including but not limited to systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjδgren's syndrome), vasculitides (including but not limited to polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome), glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease (including but not limited to ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease), liver disease (including but not limited to cirrhosis, hepatitis), autoimmune diseases (including but not limited to diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, sclerosing cholangitis, primary biliary cirrhosis), pulmonary diseases (including but not limited to diffuse interstitial lung diseases, fibrosing alveolitis, asthma, bronchitis, bronchiectasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome), cancers whether primary or metastatic (including but not limited to myeloma, lymphoma, lung cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer and metastatic cancer), atherosclerosis (eg ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease), disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, brain disorders (including but not limited to multiple sclerosis, demyelinating diseases), corneal disease, iritis, iridocyclitis, uveitis, sarcoidosis, psoriasis, endotoxic (septic) shock, exotoxic (septic) shock, infective (true septic) shock, other complications of infection, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, bone diseases (including but not limited to osteoporosis), atopic dermatitis, malarial complications, inflammatory consequences of trauma or ischaemia, and wound healing.
The combination of glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) may be particularly useful when used in a steroid-sparing manner. The term "steroid-sparing" refers to a combination therapy method that allows a reduction in the amount of glucocorticoid administered while still providing an effective therapy for the disease or condition being treated or prevented.
Steroid-resistant diseases or conditions are diseases or conditions for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, but where the glucocorticoid is ineffective or is not as effective as expected. This term encompasses diseases or conditions for which the effective dose of glucocorticoid results in unacceptable side effects and/or toxicity. Some steroid-resistant diseases or conditions may require a dosage of glucocorticoid so large that they are considered non-responsive and therefore are not able to be successfully treated with glucocorticoids. Some steroid-resistant diseases or conditions may require a large dosage of glucocorticoid to achieve only a small effect on the symptoms of the disease or condition. Furthermore, some patients, diseases or conditions present with symptoms that do not respond to treatment with a glucocorticoid, or may become less sensitive to glucocorticoid treatment over time. Examples of diseases which may commonly exhibit features of steroid-resistance include asthma, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, rheumatoid arthritis, glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, inflammatory bowel disease and transplant rejection.
Glucocorticoids are a group of steroid hormones, which are used to treat or prevent a wide range of diseases or conditions. Suitable glucocorticoids may be synthetic or naturally occurring and include but are not limited to prednisolone, prednisone, cortisone acetate, beclamethasone, fluticasone, hydrocortisone, dexamethasone, methyl prednisolone, triamcinolone, budesonide and betamethasone. A person skilled in the art would be able to identify other suitable glucocorticoids that may benefit from being used in a combination treatment with a MIF antagonist.
In preferred embodiments of the invention, the glucocorticoid used is selected from prednisone, prednisolone, hydrocortisone, fluticasone, beclamethasone, betamethasone, methyl prednisolone, budesonide, triamcinolone, dexamethasone and cortisone. Most preferably, the glucocorticoid is selected from prednisone, prednisolone, methyl prednisolone, fluticasone and beclamethasone. Beclamethasone and fluticasone are particularly preferred for treating asthma. Prednisone, prednisolone and methyl prednisolone are particularly preferred in the treatment of systemic or local inflammatory diseases.
The amounts of glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) are selected such that in combination they provide complete or partial treatment or prophylaxis of a disease or condition for which a glucocorticoid is indicated. The amount of compound formula (I) is preferably an amount that will at least partially inhibit the cytokine or biological activity of MIF. The amount of glucocorticoid is preferably less than the amount required in the absence of the compound of formula (I). The amounts of glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) used in a treatment or therapy are selected such that in combination they at least partially attain the desired therapeutic effect, or delay onset of, or inhibit the progression of, or halt or partially or fully reverse the onset or progression of the disease or condition being treated. The amounts of glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) used in the prophylaxis of a disease or condition are selected such that in combination they at least partially prevent or delay the onset of the disease or condition. Dosing may occur at intervals of minutes, hours, days, weeks, months or years or continuously over any one of these periods.
Suitable doses of a compound of formula (I) may lie within the range of about 0.1 ng per kg of body weight to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage. The dosage is preferably in the range of 1 μg to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage, such as is in the range of 1 mg to 1 g per kg of body weight per dosage. In one embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 500 mg per kg of body weight per dosage. In another embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 250 mg per kg of body weight per dosage. In yet another preferred embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 mg to 100 mg per kg of body weight per dosage, such as up to 50 mg per kg of body weight per dosage. In yet another embodiment, the dosage is in the range of 1 μg to lmg per kg of body weight per dosage.
Suitable dosage amounts of glucocorticoids will depend, in part, on the mode of administration and whether the dosage is being administered in a single, daily or divided dose, or as a continuous infusion. When administered orally, intravenously, intramuscularly, intralesionally or intracavity (eg. intra-articular, intrathecal, intrathoracic), dosages are typically between 1 mg to 1000 mg, preferably 1 mg to 100 mg, more preferably 1 mg to 50 mg or 1 mg to 10 mg per dose. When administered topically or by inhalation as a single, daily or divided dose, dosages are typically 1 ng to 1 μg, 1 ng to 1 mg or 1 pg to 1 μg. Suitable dosage amounts and dosing regimens can be determined by the attending physician or veterinarian and may depend on the desired level of inhibiting activity, the particular condition being treated, the severity of the condition as well as the general age, health and weight of the subject.
The glucocorticoid and compound of formula (I) may be administered simultaneously or sequentially. The active ingredients may be administered alone but are preferably administered as a pharmaceutically acceptable composition or separate pharmaceutically acceptable compositions.
The formulation of such compositions is well known to those skilled in the art and are described above in relation to compounds of formula (I). The composition or compositions may contain pharmaceutically acceptable additives such as carriers, diluents or excipients. These include, where appropriate, all conventional solvents, dispersion agents, fillers, solid carriers, coating agents, antifungal and antibacterial agents, dermal penetration agents, surfactants, isotonic and absorption agents and the like. It will be understood that the compositions of the invention may also include other supplementary physiologically active agents.
Preferred unit dosage compositions are those containing a daily dose or unit, daily sub- dose, as herein above described, or an appropriate fraction thereof, of the glucocorticoids and/or compound of formula (I) which inihibit the cytokine or biological activity of MIF.
In one preferred aspect of the invention, the compounds of formula (I) may be administered together with, simultaneously or sequentially, glucocorticoids. In such a therapy, the amount of glucocorticoid required may be significantly reduced.
The compounds of formula (I), either as the only active agent or together with another active agent, e.g. a glucocorticoid, may also be presented for use in veterinary compositions. These may be prepared by any suitable means known in the art. Examples of such compositions include those adapted for:
(a) oral administration, external application (eg drenches including aqueous and non- aqueous solutions or suspensions), tablets, boluses, powders, granules, pellets for admixture with feedstuffs, pastes for application to the tongue;
(b) parenteral administration, eg subcutaneous, intramuscular or intravenous injection as a sterile solution or suspension; and
(c) topical application eg creams, ointments, gels, lotions, etc.
By virtue of their ability to bind to or antagonize MIF, compounds of formula (I) or salts or derivatives thereof may be used as laboratory or diagnostic or in vivo imaging reagents. Typically, for such use the compounds would be labelled in some way, for example, radio isotope, fluorescence or colorimetric labelling, or be chelator conjugated. In particular, compounds of formula (I) could be used as part of an assay system for MIF or as controls in screens for identifying other inhibitors. Those skilled in the art are familiar with such screens and could readily establish such screens using compounds of formula (I). Those skilled in the art will also be familiar with the use of chelate conjugated molecules for in vivo diagnostic imaging.
In a further aspect of the invention there is provided a compound of formula (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000060_0001
wherein X is -O-, -NH- or-CH2-;
Y is -NH-, -O-, -S- or -CH2-;
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S or -S(O)-;
Rioi is selected from hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl, OH, SH, NH2, NHCι-3alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
Ri02 is selected from Cι-2oalkyl, C2-20alkenyl, CO2H, F, Cl, Br, CO2Rιos, (CH2)wRι06. C(O)N(R,07)2, C(=N)NHCι.6alkyl, SO2Cι.6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(R,08)C(O)]q-ORι09) NH2, C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι-6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OCι-ι0alkyl, SO2NHCι-ι0alkyl;
Rι03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, Cι-6alkyl, -(CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3, -(CH2)nC(O)Cι-3alkyl or -(CH2)n-SH;
R]0 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2C(Rn0)3, C(Rno)3, -CH2=CH2, fluoro, chloro or bromo;
Rιo5 is selected from hydrogen, C1.20a.kyl, C2-20alkenyl or (CH2)tOCι-3 alkyl;
Rι06 is selected from SH, SCι-6alkyl, OH, OCι-6alkyl, sugar, CO H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each R107 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι_2oalkyl, C2-20alkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH )theterocyclyl;
Rios is the characterising group of an amino acid;
R109 is hydrogen, Cι- alkyl; Each Rπo is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6; t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
Preferred compounds of formula (III) are benzimidazole compounds having formula (IV):
Figure imgf000062_0001
wherein
Rioi is selected from hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
R102 is selected from Cι-20alkyl, C2-2oalkenyl, CO2H, F, Cl, Br, CO2Rιo5, (CH2)wRι06, C(O)N(R,07J2, C(=N)NHCι-6alkyl, SO2Cι-6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(R,08)C(O)],-ORι09, NH2, C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι-6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OCι-ι0alkyl, SO2NHCι-ι0alkyl;
R103 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, Cι-6alkyl, (CH2)„ H2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3, CH2C(O)CH3 or -(CH2)n-SH;
Rι04 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3, -CH2=CH2 fluoro, chloro or bromo; R105 is selected from hydrogen, Ci-ioalkyl, C2-ιoalkenyl, (CH2)tOCι-3alkyl;
Rι06 is selected from SH, SCι-6alkyl, OH, OCι-6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each Ri07 is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci-ioalkyl, C _ιoalkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH2)theterocyclyl;
Rιo8 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo9 is hydrogen, Cι_3alkyl;
Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6, t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
Preferably the compounds of formula (III) or formula (IV) are those in which at least one or more of the following definitions apply:
Rioi is hydrogen, F, Cl or Br;
Ri02 is Cι_20alkyl, halogen, NH2, CO2H, CO2Cι.,oalkyl, C(O)sugar, CO2(CH2)nOCι_6alkyl, CONHCi-ioalkyl, CONH(CH2)naryl, CO[NHCH(Rι07)CO]-OH, CO[NHCH(R107)CO]OCι_ 3alkyl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι-6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OCι_,0alkyl, SO2NHCι.ιoalkyl or C(=NH)NHC,.6alkyl;
R,03 is hydrogen, halogen, C,_3alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, (CH2)nNO2, (CH2)nOH or (CH2)„CF3; Rιo4 is hydrogen, F, Cl or Br;
Rιo8 is the characterising group of an amino acid, preferably the characterising group from serine (CH2OH) or phenylalanine (CH2Ph);
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; and
wherein each alkyl or aryl group is optionally substituted, preferably with one or more OH, carboxylic acid or halo.
Preferred compounds of formula (III) include:
benzimidazol-2-one-5-n-pentanoate,
5[2(l-oxy-2-hydroxyethyl)ethyl]benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylate, benzimidazol-2-one-5-methanoate, benzimidazol-2-one-5-ethanoate, pentyl-benzimidazole-2-thioxo-5-carboxylate,
3,4,5-tris(acetyloxy)-6-[(acetyloxy)methyl]tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl- benzimidazole-2-one-5-carboxylate, 5-bromo-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
5-hydroxy-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
5-dodecanylbenzoimidazol-2-one,
4,5,7-tribromo-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
4,5,6,7-tetrabromobenzimidazol-2-one, 5-methyl-6-nitrobenzimidazol-2-one,
5-amino-6methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
N-(6-methylbenzimidazol-5-yl)-2-pyrimidin-2-yl-sulfanyl-acetamide pentyl-benzimidazol-2-one-5-carbothioate
5-(benzimidazol-2(3H)-one-6-yl)-5-oxopentanoic acid 2(3H)-benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid pentyl ester,
2(3H)-benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid pentyl amide, N-butyl-2-oxo-2 ,3 -dihydro- 1 H- 1 ,3 -benzimidazole-5 -carboximidamide
5-heptanoylbenzofuran-2(3H)-one, methyl 3-hydroxy-2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5- yl)carbonyl] amino } propanoate, 3-hydroxy-2- {[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l ,3-benzimidazol-5- yl)carbonyl]amino}propanoic acid, methyl 2- {[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l ,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl]amino} -3- phenyl propanoate,
2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl]amino}-3-phenyl propanoic acid, and
N-(3,4-dihydroxyphenethyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazole-5- carboxamide.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, reference to any prior art in this specification is not, and should not be taken as, an acknowledgment or any form of suggestion that that prior art forms part of the common general knowledge in Australia.
Those skilled in the art will appreciate that the invention described herein is susceptible to variations and modifications other than those specifically described. It is to be understood that the invention includes all such variations and modifications which fall within the spirit and scope. The invention also includes all of the steps, features, compositions and compounds referred to or indicated in this specification, individually or collectively, and any and all combinations of any two or more of said steps or features.
The invention will now be described with reference to the following examples which are included for the purpose of illustration only and are not intended to limit the generality of the invention hereinbefore described. EXAMPLES
Synthesis of compounds of Formula (I).
Example 1: 5-Methylbenzimidazol-2-one (2)
Figure imgf000066_0001
This was prepared as described by Harvey et al (12). A solution of urea (6.00 g, 0.1000 mol) and 3,4-diaminotoluene (1) (12.20 g, 0.0999 mol) in pentan-1-ol (40 mL) was vigorously stirred and heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere. After 2 hours the heating was discontinued and on cooling to room temperature a pink solid settled out. This was filtered off and recrystallised from boiling ethanol (17.98 g. in 400 mL) to give 2 crops of 5-methylbenzimidazol-2-one (2) as a pink powder. The total mass was recovered was 8.21 g (56 % yield);
R : 0.40 (9:1 CHCl3:MeOH), mp: 300-302 °C, lit.3 mp: 297-300 °C;
1H NMR (CDCl3/CD3OD): δ 2.12 (s, 3 H, CH3), 6.63-6.70 (m, 3H, ArH); LRESI mass spectrum: m/z 149 (100%, MH+). Example 2:
Benzimidazol-2-one-5 -carboxylic acid (4)
Figure imgf000067_0001
The method described by Harvey et al (12) and used in Example 1 for the preparation of 5- methylbenzimidazol-2-one (2) was used except this preparation started with 3,4- diaminobenzoic acid (3).
Urea (1.20 g, 0.0200 mol) and 3,4-diaminobenzoic acid (3) (3.04 g, 0.0200 mol) in pentan- l-ol (10 mL) was vigorously stirred and heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere. The heating was discontinued after 4 hours and on cooling to room temperature, water (30 mL) was added. The pH was adjusted to 1 with cone. HCI. The resultant dark solid was filtered off, washed with further water (2 x 20 mL) and dried to give 3.00 g (84% yield) of benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) as a black powder;
Rf. 0.09 (9:1 CHCl3:MeOH), 0.20 (4:1 CHCl3:MeOH),
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 6.98 (d, 1 H, J7,6 8.1 Hz, H-7), 7.45(d, 1 H, J4>6 1.2 Hz, H-4), 7.60 (dd, 1 H, H-6), 10.78 (bs, 1 H, NH), 10.94 (bs, 1 H, NH); LRESI negative ion mass spectrum: m/z 177 (100%, M-H"). Example 3: Benzimidazol-2-one-5-n-pentanoate (5)
Figure imgf000068_0001
Benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) (250 mg, 0.9070 mmol) and Dowex 50W- X8(H+) resin (250 mg) were suspended in pentan-1-ol (40 mL) and the mixture heated to reflux for 42 hours. The solid was filtered off and washed with methanol (3 x 20 mL) and the combined filtrates evaporated to dryness to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-7.-pentanoate (5) (310 mg, 43% yield) as an off-white powder;
Rf: 0.63 (4:1 CHCl3:MeOH), mp: 227-228°C,
1H NMR (CDCl3/CD3OD): δ 0.88-0.92 (pseudo t, 3 H, CH3), 1.33-1.43 (m, 4 H, 2 x CH2), 1.70-1.79 (m, 2 H, CH2), 4.25-4.29 (pseudo t, 2 H, CH2), 7.04 (d, 1 H, J7;6 8.4 Hz, H-7),
7.44 (bs, 1 H, NH), 7.55 (bs, 1 H, NH), 7.66 (bs, 1 H, H-4), 7.75 (dd, 1 H, J6.5 1.5 Hz, H-
6);
LRESI negative ion mass spectrum: m/z 247 (100%, [M-H]"); HRESI positive ion mass spectrum: Cι3Hι7N2O3 calculated 249.12391, Cι3H]6N203 calculated C, 62.97; H, 6.50; N, 11.29, found C, 63.1, H, 6.54, N, 11.05. Example 4:
5 [2(1 -oxy-2-hvdroxyethyl) ethyl] benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylate (6)
Figure imgf000069_0001
Benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) (300 mg, 1.6853 mmol) and Dowex 50W- X8(H+) resin (300 mg) were suspended in diethylene glycol (50 mL) and the mixture heated to reflux for 44 hours. The solid was filtered off and washed with methanol (3 x 20 mL) and the combined filtrates reduced in volume (approx 2 mL) with vacuum distillation. This residue was column chromatographed (SiO2, isocratically with 4:1 CHCl3:MeOH) to give with evaporated to dryness to give 5 [2(l-oxy-2-hydroxyethyl)ethyl] benzimidazol-2- one-5-carboxylate (6) (310 mg, 43% yield) as an off-white powder;
Rf: 0.63 (4:1 CHCl3:MeOH), mp: 227-228°C,
1H NMR (CDCl3/CD3OD): δ 0.88-0.92 (pseudo t, 3 H, CH3), 1.33-1.43 (m, 4 H, 2 x CH2), 1.70-1.79 (m, 2 H, CH2), 4.25-4.29 (pseudo t, 2 H, CH2), 7.04 (d, 1 H, J7,6 8.4 Hz, H-7), 7.44 (bs, 1 H, NH), 7.55 (bs, 1 H, NH), 7.66 (bs, 1 H, H-4), 7.75 (dd, 1 H, J6,5 1.5 Hz, H-
6); LRESI negative ion mass spectrum: m/z 247 ( 100%, [M-H]"); Example 5: benzimidazol-2-one-5-methanoate
Figure imgf000070_0001
Benzimidazol-2-one —5-carboxylic acid (4) (100 mg; 0.56 mmol) and DCC (100 mg) were suspended in methanol and the mixture heated to reflux for 42 hours. The solid was filtered off and washed with methanol (3 x 3 mL) and the combined filtrates evaporated to dryness to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-methanoate (7) in 61% yield.
1HMR(d6-DMSO): δ 3.80 (s, 3H, CO2CH3), 6.70 (d, IH, Jortho 8.1 Hz, aromatic), 7.46 (bs, IH, 4-H aromatic), 7.61 (d, IH, Jortho 8.1 Hz, aromatic), 10.82 (bs, IH, NH) and 10.99 (bs, IH, NH). Negative ion mass spectrum: m/z 191 (40%, M-l+).
Example 6: benzimidazol-2-one-5-ethanoate
Figure imgf000070_0002
Benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) (100 mg) and cone. H2SO (0.25 mL) were suspended in ethanol and the mixture heated to reflux for 20 hours. The solid was filtered off and washed with ethanol (50 mL) and the combined filtrates evaporated to dryness to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-ethanoate (8) in 69% yield.
1HMR(d6-DMSO): δ 1.20 (t, 3H, J=6.9 Hz, CH3-), 4.26 (q. 2H, J=6.9 Hz, OCH2-), 7.00 (d, IH, Jortho 8.1 Hz, H-7 aromatic), 7.46 (d, IH, Jmeta 1-5 Hz, 4-H aromatic), 7.62 (dd, IH, Jortho 8.2 Hz and Jmeta 1.5 Hz, 6-H aromatic) and 10.88 (bs, 2H, NH). Negative ion mass spectrum: M/Z 205 (100%, M-l+).
Example 7: methyl 3-hvdroxy-2-{f(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl] amino} propanoate (9)
Figure imgf000071_0001
A suspension of benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) (356 mg, 2.00 mmol) and L- serine-methylester hydrochloride (311 mg, 2.00 mmol) in sieve dried DMF (6 mL) was cooled in an ice-bath. Then added, in the following sequence, were 1- hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (612 mg, 4.00 mmol ), diisopropylethylamine (0.696 mL, 517 mg, 4.00 mmol, Hunnig's Base) and 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (412 mg, 2.00 mmol). The reaction was allowed to equilibrate to room temperature and left to stir for 41 hours.
The white solid dicyclohexylurea was then filtered off and washed with further DMF (5 mL). The combined filtrates were then vacuum distilled to give a black oil (2.09 g). This was triturated with chloroform (20 mL) over ice to give a dark solid that was filtered off. A sample (250 mg) was made up as a DMF bolus and this column chromatographed (SiO2, isocratically eluted with 4:1 CHCl3:MeOH) to give 208 mg of the benzimidazol-2-one-5- Serine-amido-coupled adduct (9) as a pale brown powder;
Rf: 0.41 (4:1 CHCl3:MeOH),
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 3.63 (s, 3 H, CO2CH3), 3.75-3.79(pseudo t, 2 H, CH2),
4.48-4.54(m, 1 H, CH), 5.00(t, 1 H, OH), 6.97(d, 1 H, J7.6 8.1 Hz, H-7), 7.47(bs, 1 H, H-4),
7.54 (dd, 1 H, J6,5 1.5 Hz, H-6), 8.35 (d, 1 H, JNH 7.5 Hz, NH), 10.83 (bs, 2 H,
2 x NH);
LRESI mass spectrum: m/z 280 (100%, MH+).
Example 8:
3-hydroxy-2-{f(2-oxo-2,3-dihvdro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5~yl)carbonyllamino}propanoic acid (10)
Figure imgf000072_0001
10
The methyl ester adduct benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxy-(L-serine)-amide (9) (100 mg, 0.3584 mmol) was suspended in methanol (10 mL) and on addition of 1M aq NaOH (0.68 mL, 0.680 mmol) readily dissolved. The disappearance of starting material was monitored with TLC and complete after stirring overnight at room temperature. The volume was increased by addition of further methanol (30 mL) and the pH carefully adjusted from 10 to 5 by the addition of Dowex 50W-X8(H+) resin. The resin was rapidly filtered off and washed with further methanol (4 x 20 mL) and the combined filtrates rotary evaporated to dryness to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxy-( L-serine)-amide (10) (91 mg, 96% yield) as a white powder;
Rf. <0.04 (4:1 CHCl3:MeOH), 1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 3.74-3.80(m, 2 H, CH2), 4.38-4.45(m, 1 H, CH), 6.97(d, 1 H, J7,6 8.1 Hz, H-7), 7.46 (bs, 1 H, H-4), 7.53 (dd, 1 H, J6,5 1.5 Hz, H-6), 8.16 (d, 1 H, JNH 7.5 Hz, NH);
LRESI mass spectrum: positive ion m/z 266 (100%, MH+), negative ion m/z 264 (100%, [M-H]").
Example 9: methyl 2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydiO-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl]ammoj-3-phenyl propanoate (11)
Figure imgf000073_0001
11
A suspension of benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) (356 mg, 2.00 mmol) and L- phenylalanine-methylester hydrochloride (431 mg, 2.00 mmol) in sieve dried DMF (6 mL) was cooled in an ice-bath. Then added, in the following sequence, were 1- hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (612 mg, 4.00 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.696 mL, 517 mg, 4.00 mmol, Hunnig's Base) and 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (412 mg, 2.00 mmol). The reaction was allowed to equilibrate to room temperature and left to stir for 44 hours.
The white solid dicyclohexylurea was then filtered off and washed with further DMF (5 mL). The combined filtrates were then vacuum distilled to give a black oil (2.00 g). This was column chromatographed (SiO2, isocratically eluted with 6:1 CHCl :MeOH) to give as main product 1.15 g of a brown solid. 150 mg was taken and this then rechromatographed (SiO2, isocratically eluted with 9:1 CHCl3:MeOH) to give 81 mg (equivalent to 90% overall yield) of the benzimidazol-2-one-5-phenylalanine-amido-coupled adduct (11) as an off white powder; Rf. 0.38 (9:1 CHCl3:MeOH), mp: 220-221°C;
1H NMR (CDCl3/CD3OD): δ 3.06-3.13 (m, 2 H, CH2), 3.63 (s, 3 H, CO2CH3), 4.86 (pseudo t, 1 H, CH), 6.90 (bd, 1 H, J 8.1 Hz), 7.03-7.05 (m, 2 H), 7.10-7.18 (m, 3 H), 7.28-7.31 (m, 2 H, J8.1 Hz, J 1.5 Hz); LRESI mass spectrum: m/z 340 (41%, MR*), 225 (100%).
Example 10: 2-/ Tf2-oxo-2, 3-dihydro-lH-l ,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl] ' aminoj-3-phenyl propanoic acid (12)
Figure imgf000074_0001
IM aq NaOH (0.75 mL, 0.75 mmol) was added to the methyl ester adduct of benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxy-(L-phenylalanine)-amide (11) (65 mg, 0.1917 mmol) dissolved in methanol (7.5 mL) and this stirred overnight at room temperature. The volume was increased then increased to 50 mL by the addition of further methanol and the pH then carefully adjusted from 10 to 5 by the addition of Dowex SOW-XδCH*) resin. The resin was rapidly filtered off, washed with further methanol (4 x 20 mL) and the combined filtrates rotary evaporated to dryness to give an oil. This was taken up in hot ethanol and on cooling a white solid settled out from solution. This was filtered off and dried to give benzimidazol-2-one-5-carbox-(L-phenylalanine)-amide (12) (60 mg, 97% yield) as a white powder;
R : <0.03 (9:1 CHCl3:MeOH), mp: 222-223 °C, 1H NMR (CD3OD): δ 3.13 (dd, 1 H, Jgemina] 13.5 Hz, J 7.8 Hz, benzyl-CH2), 3.34 (dd, 1 H, benzyl-CH2), 4.76 (pseudo t, 1 H, J 7.5 Hz, CH), 7.03 (bd, 1 H, J 8.1 Hz), 7.12-7.27 (m, 5 H), 7.43-7.47 (m, 2 H, J 8.4 Hz, J 1.5 Hz); LRESI mass spectrum: m/z 326 (100%, MH+).
Example 11: N-(3,4-dihydroxyphenethyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihvdro-lH-l,3-benzimidazole-5-carboxamide (13)
Figure imgf000075_0001
13
A suspension of benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylic acid (4) (356 mg, 2.00 mmol) and 3,4- dihydroxyphenylethylamine hydrochloride (379 mg, 2.00 mmol) in sieve dried DMF (6 mL) was cooled in an ice-bath. Then added, in the following sequence, were 1- hydroxybenzotriazole monohydrate (612 mg, 4.00 mmol), diisopropylethylamine (0.696 mL, 517 mg, 4.00 mmol, Hunnig's Base) and 1,3-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (412 mg, 2.00 mmol). The reaction was allowed to equilibrate to room temperature and left to stir for 44 hours.
The white solid dicyclohexylurea was then filtered off and washed with further DMF (2 x 5 mL). The combined filtrates were then vacuum distilled to give a dark brown oil (2.39 g). This was taken up in methanol (5 mL) and on addition of chloroform (10 mL) a dark solid settled out off solution. This was filtered off, dissolved in a minimum amount of DMF and then subject to column chromatography (SiO2, isocratically eluted with 4:1 CHCl3:MeOH) to give 604 mg (96 % yield) of benzimidazol-2-one-5-dopamine-amido-coupled adduct (13) as a pale brown powder. A sample was triturated with cold 4:1 CHCl3:MeOH, filtered and dried to give material for spectroscopic and bioassay analysis. Rf. 0.38 (9:1 CHCl3:MeOH), mp: >250 °C, darkens without melting;
1H NMR (d6 DMSO): δ 2.49 (t, 2 H, J 1.8 Hz. CH2), 2.62 (t, 2 H, J 78 Hz. CH2), 6.45 (dd, 1 H, J6.,5- 8.1, J6.,2- 1.8 Hz, H-6') 6.60-6.64 (m, 2 H, H-2', H-5*), 6.94 (d, 1 H, J7,6 8.4 Hz, H-7), 7.42 (bs, 1 H, H-4), 7.47 (dd, 1 H, J6)4 1.5 Hz, H-4), 8.33 (bt, 1 H, J 5.4 Hz, amide NH), 8.63 (bs, 1 H, hetero NH), 8.73 (bs, 1 H, hetero NH);
LRESI mass spectrum: m/z, negative ion 312 (63%, [M-H]"), (249, 39%), (134, 100%); positive ion 314 (37%, MH+), (211, 69%), (130, 100%).
Example 12: benznnidazol-2-thio-5-carboxylic acid (14)
Figure imgf000076_0001
The method described by Harvey et al. (12) and used in Example 2 for the preparation of benzimidazol-2-one-5 -carboxylic acid (4) was used except this preparation used thiourea instead of urea.
Thiourea (1.52 g, 2 mmol) and 3,4-diaminobenzoic acid (3) (3.04 g, 2 mmol) in pentan-1- ol (14 ml) was stirred vigorously and heated to reflux under nitrogen atmosphere. Heating was discontinued after 5 hours, and stirring continued for 12 hours. Water was added and the pH adjusted to 1. The solvents were removed and the black solid was triturated with cold water (10 ml) and filtered to give 1.94 g of a black powder.
LRESI negative ion in mass spectrum: m/z 193 (M-H"). Example 13:
Pentyl -benzimidazole-2-thioxo-5-carboxylate (15)
Figure imgf000077_0001
(15)
To a mixture of the diamine (500 mg, 3.28 mmol) in anhydrous 1-pentanol (50 mL) was added thiourea (300 mg, 3.94 mmol). The mixture was refluxed for 6 hrs, and then cooled before filtering to furnish a black solid (471 mg, 74 %). The solid was washed with IM HCI and water. The dried solid (200 mg) was then suspended in anhydrous 1-pentanol (25 ml), to which was added Dowex H+ resin (200 mg). The mixture was refluxed for 42 hrs. The reaction mixture was cooled and filtered, and the filtrate concentrated to furnish the title compound as a black gum (193 mg, 52% overall yeild).
1H NMR (CDC13): δ 8.41 (s, IH, ArH), 8.03 (d, IH, ArH), 7.82 (d, IH, ArH), 4.30 (t, 2H, - OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 1.75 (m, IH, , -OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 1.38 (m, 4H, , - OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH3), 0.89 (m, 3H, , -OCH2CH2CH2CH2CH5); LRMS (ESI): m/z 265 [M+Η+]; Cι3Hι6N2O2S: 264.34
Example 14:
3,4,5-tris(acetyloxy)-6-F(acetyloxy)methyl]tetrahydro-2H~pyran~ 2-yl-benzim idazole-2-on e-5-carboxylate (16)
Figure imgf000077_0002
(16) To a solution of the acid (128 mg, 0.72 mmol) in anhydrous pyridine (20 mL) was added Ag2CO3 (265 mg, 0.96 mmol), and molecular sieves (4A, 2.7 g). The mixture was stirred under an atmosphere of nitrogen at room temperature for 30 minutes. Tetra-O-acetyl- glucopyranosyl bromide (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture, and stirred overnight at room temperature. The mixture was then filtered through celite and the filtrate concentrated to an amber gum. The gum was dissolved in chloroform (5 mL), and triturated with ether to furnish the title compound as a white solid (19 mg, 15%).
1H NMR (CDC13): δ 8.70, 8.60 (2x bs, 2x IH, 2x NH), 7.80 (d, IH, ArH), 7.70 (s, IH, ArH), 7.10 (s, IH, ArH), 5.92 (d, IH, H-1, Jι>2 3.8 Hz), 5.36 (m, 2H, H-3 + H-2), 5.23 (m, IH, H-4), 4.33 (dd, IH, H-6, Jgem 11.7 Hz, Jvic 4.6 Hz), 4.15 (d, IH, H-6', Jgem 11.8 Hz), 3.96 (m, IH, H-5), 2.07, 2.05, 2.0, 1.59 (4x s, 4x 3H, 4x OAc); LRMS (ESI): m/z 526 [M+NH4 +];
Figure imgf000078_0001
Example 15: 5-Bromo-6-methvbenzimidazol-2-one (17)
Figure imgf000078_0002
A mixture of 6-methyl-l,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-one (1.00 g, 6.76 mmol) as prepared in Example 1, N-bromosuccinimide (1.30 g, 7.30 mmol) and 3- chloroperoxybenzoic acid (0.05 g, 0.29 mmol) in carbon tetrachloride (15 ml) was heated under reflux for 4 h. When cooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered and the solid was recrystallised from methanol to give (17) as a beige solid (0.80 g). Furthermore, the solid insoluble in methanol was collected to give more (17) (0.50 g) and the solids were combined (1.30 g, 85%).
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 2.29 (s, 3H, CH3), 6.89 (s, IH, ArH), 7.06 (s, IH, ArH), 10.59 (s, 1H, NH), 10.67 (s, lH, NH). 13C NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 22.9 (CH3), 111.0 (CH), 112.0 (CH), 114.8 (C), 128.9 (C), 129.7 (C), 130.0 (C), 155.7 (C). ESMS: m/z 225.0 (M-l).
Example 16: 5-Hydroxy-6-methybenzimidazol-2-one (18)
Figure imgf000079_0001
A solution of (16) (0.30 g, 1.32 mmol) in 10% sodium hydroxide (5 ml) and ethanol (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 1.5 h. When cooled to room temperature the ethanol was removed in vacuo and the mixture was filtered to give (18) as a white solid (0.20 g, 92 %).
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 2.28 (s, 3H, CH3), 6.88 (s, IH, ArH), 7.05 (s, IH, ArH), 10.61 (s, 1H, NH), 10.66 (s, lH, NH). Example 17: 5-Dodecanylbenzoimidazol-2-one (19)
Figure imgf000080_0001
Sodium (0.05 g, 2.17 mg atom) was dissolved in ethanol (5 ml) and to this was added 6- methyl-l,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-one (0.20 g, 1.35 mmol) and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 h. The solvent was removed in vacuo and the white solid was taken up in tetrahydrofuran (5 ml) and dimethyl sulfoxide (5 ml), and to this was added 1- bromododecane (0.34 g, 1.36 mmol) and the whole was stirred at room temperature for 2 h. NN-Dimethylformamide (5 ml) was added to the mixture and the whole was stirred for a further 2 h. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo to give a yellow residue. The residue was placed on a silica column and chromatographed with 12.5% hexane- ethyl acetate to give (19) as a yellow oil.
1H ΝMR (d6-DMSO):δ 0.84 (t, 3H, J-4.5 Hz, CH3), 1.20 (s, 18H, 9CH2), 1.32-1.37 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.74-1.79 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.49 (t, 2H, J=6.6 Hz, CH2), 6.71-6.76 (m, 3H, 3ArH), 10.45 (bs, 2H, 2ΝH).
ESMS: m/z 317.3 (M+l). Example 18:
4.5.7-Tribromo-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one (20)
Figure imgf000081_0001
A mixture of 6-methyl-l,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-one (0.50 g, 3.38 mmol), sodium acetate (1.70 g, 20.48 mmol) in acetic acid (4 ml) was heated at 70°C. A solution of bromine (1.60 g, 10.0 mmol) in acetic acid (5 ml) was slowly added over 10 min. The mixture was then heated under reflux for 1 h. When cooled to room temperature, the yellow mixture was poured into ice-cold water (100 ml) and filtered. The solid was recrystallised from ethanol to give (20) as a beige solid (0.76 g, 58%).
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 2.56 (s, 3H, CH3), 11.33 (s, 2H, 2NH).
13C NMR (d6-DMSO): 30.8 (CH3), 102.7 (C), 103.4 (C), 117.0 (C), 129.2 (CBr), 129.3
(CBr), 129.6 (CBr), 154.6 (C).
Example 19:
4,5,6, 7-Tetrabromobenzimidazol-2-one (21)
Figure imgf000082_0001
A mixture of 2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-benzoimidazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.3 g, 1.7 mmol), sodium acetate (0.83 g, 10.0 mmol) in acetic acid (3 ml) was heated at 70°C. A solution of bromine (0.80 g, 5.0 mmol) in acetic acid (3 ml) was slowly added over 10 min. The mixture was then heated under reflux for 1 h. When cooled to room temperature, the yellow mixture was poured into ice-cold water (100 ml) and filtered. The solid was recrystallised from ethanol to give (21) as a golden-like solid (0.25 g, 33%).
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 11.59 (s, 1Η, COOΗ).
ESMS: m/z 444.8 (25%) (M-l), 446.9 (70%), 448.9 (100%), 450.9 (70%), 452.9 (15%).
Example 20: 5-Methyl-6-nitrobenzimidazol-2-one (22)
Figure imgf000083_0001
A mixture of 6-methyl-l,3-dihydro-benzoimidazol-2-one (0.30 g, 2.03 mmol) in 69% nitric acid (5 ml) was stirred over ice for 2 h. The yellow mixture was filtered and washed with water to give (22) as a bright yellow solid (0.39 g, 99.7%).
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 2.53 (s, 3H, CH3), 6.94 (s, IH, ArH), 7.57 (s, IH, ArH), 10.96 (s, 1H, NH), 11.20 (s, lH, NH).
Example 21: 5-Am.no-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one (23)
Figure imgf000083_0002
A mixture of (22) (0.25 g, 1.30 mmol) and 10% palladium on carbon (0.05 g) in ethanol (15 ml) was hydrogenated at atmospheric pressure for 4 h. The catalyst was filtered off through Celite, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give (23) as a white solid.
1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 2.01 (s, 3H, CH3), 4.40 (s, 2H, NH2), 6.29 (s, IH, ArH), 6.50 (s, IH, ArH), 9.96 (s, IH, NH), 10.08 (s, IH, NH).
ESMS: m/z 164.0 (M+l).
Example 22: N-(6-Methylbenzimidazol-5-yl)~2-pyrimidin-2-yl-sulfanyl)-acetamide (24)
Figure imgf000084_0001
(24)
A solution of (2-pyrimidylthio)acetic acid (0.14 g, 0.82 mmol) and 1,1 '- carbonyldiimidazole (0.24 g, 1.48 mmol) in dioxan (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 1 h. The solution was cooled, (23) (0.10 g, 0.61 mmol) was added, and the mixture was heated under reflux for 2 h. When cooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in 10% potassium hydroxide (20 ml) and the mixture was filtered to give a dark brown solid. This was recrystallised from acetonitrile to give (24) as a brown solid. 1H NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 2.20 (s, 3H, CH3), 3.29 (s, 2H, CH2), 6.71 (s, IH, ArH), 7.30 (s, IH, ArH), 7.93 (s, IH, ArH), 8.56-8.65 (m, 2H, 2ArH), 10.33 (s, IH, NH), 10.35 (s, IH, NH). ESMS: m/z 314.2 (M-l).
Example 23: Pentyl-benzimidazol-2-one-5-carbothioate (25)
Figure imgf000085_0001
2-Oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-benzoimidazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.20 g, 1.12 mmol) in thionyl chloride (5 ml) was heated under reflux for 30 min. The excess of thionyl chloride was removed in vacuo and the residue was taken up in pyridine (5 ml). 1-Pentathiol (0.23 g, 2.21 mmol) was added and the whole was placed at reflux for 2 h. When cooled to room temperature, the mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was evaporated in vacuo. The residue was taken up in 10% potassium hydroxide and extracted with ethyl acetate, dried over sodium sulfate, and the solvent was removed in vacuo to give (25) as a white solid. Η NMR (d6-DMSO): δ 0.86 (t, 3Η, J=6.9 Hz, CH3), 1.31 (m, 4H, 2CH2), 1.60 (m, 2H, CH2), 2.99 (t, 2H, J=7.2 Hz, CH2), 7.00 (d, IH, J=8.1 Hz, ArH), 7.40 (s, IH, H-4), 7.61 (s, IH, J=8.4 Hz, ArH). Example 24: 5-(benzimidazol-2(3H)-one-6-yl)-5-oxopentanoic acid (26)
Figure imgf000086_0001
(26)
The procedure of Kosyakovskaya (17) was followed.
To a suspension of glutaric anhydride (3.42 g, 30 mmol) and benzimidazol-2(3H)-one (4.02 g, 30 mmol) in tetrachloroethane (100 ml), was added alumimum chloride from a freshly opened container (14.0 g, 105 mmol) in small portions. This mixture was heated to 120 C for 105 min, cooled to room temperature, then poured onto a mixture of ice (75 g) and concentrated hydrochloric acid (20 ml). The suspension was stirred overnight to break up solids that had formed. The tetrachloroethane was azeotropically distilled from the mixture with water under reduced pressure, leaving a brown solid suspended in an aqueous phase. The solid was filtered off and washed with dilute aqueous hydrochloric acid, then water. The solid was added to boiling aqueous sodium carbonate (5% w/v, 150 ml) and the solution filtered. Decolourizing charcoal was added to the cooled filtrate, which was then boiled for 5 min. The charcoal was removed by filtration, and the filtrate treated with concentrated hydrochloric acid until the pH of the solution was 4. The precipitated solid was allowed to stir overnight, filtered off, and dried in a vacuum oven at 50 C / 20 mmHg until a constant weight was achieved (1.6 g of brown solid). Nmr indicates that some starting material still remains. Recrystallization of a portion of this solid from acetic acid, as indicated by Kosyakovskaya, did not afford recovery of any product. A portion of the brown solid (300 mg) was dissolved in aqueous sodium bicarbonate (5% w/v, 10 ml) and insoluble material removed by filtration. The filtrate was acidified with concentrated hydrochloric acid and the precipitate formed filtered off and dried at the pump (30 mg).
m/z (El) found 248.0799, expected 248.0797 (d2Hι2N2O4) 248.0797; Η-nmr (200 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 11.05 (brs, IH), 10.89 (brs, IH), 7.66 (dd, IH), 7.47 (d, IH), 7.00 (d, IH), 3.00 (t, 2H), 2.29 (t, 2H), 1.81 (p, 2H).
Example 25:
2(3H)-benzinιidazolone -5-sulfonic acid pentyl amide (27)
Figure imgf000087_0001
(27)
Chlorosulfonic acid (5 ml) was cooled to -5 C and 2(3H)-benzimidazolone (1 g) was added portionwise with stirring. The cooling bath was removed and the reaction allowed to warm to room temperature over 30 min, followed by heating to 95 C for an additional 30 min. After cooling to room temperature 2ml of the reaction solution was added to n- pentylamine (10 ml) in ice (20 g). Precipitation occurred and the suspension was allowed to stand over night. Filtration followed by extensive rinsing with water gave 760 mg of silvery-grey platelets. A small amount was recrystallised from methanol to give nearly colourless crystals of the title compound.
Mp 316-318 C;
m/z (El) found 283.0992, expected (Cι2Hi7N3O3S) 283.0991; 1H-nmr (500 MHz, d6- DMSO) δ 11.01 (bs, 2H), 7.38 (dd, IH), 7.34 (bt, IH), 7.28 (d, IH), 7.04 (d, IH), 2.64 (m, 2H), 1.35-1.29 (m, 2H), 1.17-1.14 (m, 4H), 0.78 (t, 3H);
13C-nmr (125.8 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 155.35, 132.83, 132.35, 129.63, 119.91, 108.13, 106.59, 42.47, 28.53, 28.21, 21.61, 13.76. Example 26:
2(3H)-benzimidazolone -5-sulfonic acid pentyl ester (28)
Figure imgf000088_0001
Similarly, a sample of the reaction mixture from Example 25 was quenched with n- pentanol instead of n-pentylamine. Chromatography using methanol resulted in partial decomposition of the sample, and recovered the title compound as a colourless solid (2.1 mg);
m/z (El) found 284.0829, expected (Cι2Hι6N2O4S) 284.0831;
Η-nmr (200 MHz, d6-DMSO) δ 11.03 (bs, 2H), 7.38 (dd, IH), 7.29 (d, IH), 7.06 (d, IH), 2.65 (m, 2H), 1.40-1.22 (m, 2H), 1.22-1.06 (m, 4H), 0.78 (t, 3H);
13C-nmr (50.3 MHz, d6-DMSO) 155.27, 132.75, 132.27, 129.56, 119.856, 108.07, 106.53, 70.88, 70.82, 42.41, 28.46, 28.14, 21.54, 13.70.
Example 27:
Ethyl 4-amino-3-nitrobenzenecarboximidoate (29)
Figure imgf000088_0002
Synthesis of the nitrile to amidine was prepared according to the Pinner reaction (18). 4-Aminobenzonitrile (0.5 g, 3.1 mmol) was dissolved in 30 ml of dry ethanol and cooled in an ice/water bath. The solution was saturated with dry HCI and kept at a maximum temperature of 20°C. After lhr of saturation the solution was allowed to stir at room temperature overnight. The resulting precipitate was collected and filtered to give the title product 0.55 g (86%) as a yellow powder which was pure enough to be used in the following reaction without further purification.
1H NMR (DMSO) δ 1.46 (t, J 6.9 Hz, 3H, CH3), 4.59 (q, J 6.9 Hz, 2H, O-CH2), 7.17 (d, J 9.3 Hz, IH, Ar-H), 8.09 (dd, J 2.1, 9.0 Hz, IH, Ar-H) 8.81 (d, J 2.1 Hz, IH, Ar-H).
Example 28: 3-amino-N-butyl-3-nitrobenzenecarboximidamide (30)
Figure imgf000089_0001
n-Butylamine (0.292 g, 4.0 mmol) was distilled prior to use and was added to a stirred suspension of Ethyl 4-amino-3-nitrobenzenecarboximidoate (0.7 g, 3.3 mmol) in 15 ml of dry ethanol. The mixture was stirred for 12 hrs at room temperature and then a further hour at 50°C. The resulting dark yellow precipitate was collected by filtration and recrystallised from boiling ethanol yield (89%) as yellow prisms.
1H NMR (DMSO) δ 0.92 (t, J 7.2 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.38 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.59 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.38 (m, 2H, NH-CH2), 7.16 (d, J 9.0 Hz, IH, Ar-H), 7.76 (dd, J 1.8, 8.7 Hz, IH, Ar-H) 8.49 (d, J, 2.1, IH, Ar-H). m/z (+ESI, 30V) 237.3 (MH+). (19) Example 29: 3,4-diamino-N-butylbenzenecarboximinamine (31)
Figure imgf000090_0001
3-amino-N-butyl-3-nitrobenzenecarboximidamide and 0.125 g of 10% Pd/C in 100 ml of dry methanol was subjected to hydrogenation at 50 psi for approximately lh. The catalyst was filtered over Celite and washed with hot methanol. The filtrate was evaporated to give a sticky residue that was triturated with dry ether and dried under vacuum. The product was purified by recrystallising in boiling ethanol to give the title product as a purple powder 0.56 g (97%) mp 150.4°C. 1H NMR (DMSO) δ 0.92 (t, J 7.2 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.38 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.59 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.35 (m, 2H, NH-CH2), 6.91 (d, J 8.4 Hz, IH, Ar-H), 7.32 (d, J 8.4 Hz, IH, Ar-H) 7.43 (s, IH, Ar-H). m/z (+ESI, 30V) 207.1 (MH+). (19)
Example 30: N-butyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihvdro-lH-l,3-benzimidazole-5-carboximidamide (32)
Figure imgf000090_0002
(32)
A solution of urea (0.15 g, 2.5 mmol) and 3,4-diamino-N-butylbenzenecarboximinamine (0.4 g, 1.9 mmol) in 10 ml of pentan-1-ol was vigorously stirred and heated to reflux under a nitrogen atmosphere. The heating was discontinued after 2 hours and on cooling to room temperature the solution was filtered. The filtrate was removed under reduced pressure to yield gummy oil which was triturated with dry ether and dried under vacuum to give the title product as a pink powder 0.3 g (66%) mp 168°C. (12) 1H NMR (DMSO) δ 0.92 (t, J 7.2 Hz, 3H, CH3), 1.38 (m, 2H, CH2), 1.59 (m, 2H, CH2), 3.35 (m, 2H, NH-CH2), 7.11 (d, J 8.1 Hz, IH, Ar-H), 7.31 (s, IH, Ar-H), 7.37 (d, J 8.4 Hz, IH, Ar-H). m/z (+ESI, 30V) 233.1 (MH+).
Example 31: 5-heptanoylbenzofuran-2(3H)-one (33)
Figure imgf000091_0001
(33)
2-Hydroxyphenylacetic acid was converted to its methyl ester following the procedure in US4695648 (Pharmacia), then to the title compound by a modification of the Friedel-Craft procedure given in the same patent as follows.
To a solution of methyl 2-hydroxyphenylacetic acid methyl ester (1000 mg, 6.02 mmol) in nitrobenzene (10 ml) was added heptanoyl chloride (900 mg, 6.02 mmol), followed by aluminium chloride (1.6 g, 12.0 mmol, 2 equiv). The solution was heated to 60 C for 18 h, then cooled on ice before quenching with aqueous hydrochloric acid (1 M, 50 ml). The mixture was extracted with dichloromethane (3 x 50 ml) and concentrated. Chromatography on silica gel using ethyl acetate/petroleum spirits (20:80) as eluant gave a semi-solid yellow residue. Recrystallization from dichloromethane/petroleum spirits at -15 C gave the title compound as a pale yellow solid (129 mg). Mp 64-67°C;
m/z (El) found 246.1258, expected (Cι5Hι8O3) 246.1256;
1H-nmr (500 MHz, CDC13) δ 7.93 (d, IH), 7.91 (s, IH), 7.13 (d, IH), 3.77 (s, 2H), 2.90 (t, 2H), 1.69 (p, 2H), 1.20-1.40 (m, 6H), 0.86 (t, 3H);
13C-nmr (125.8 MHz, CDC13) δ 198.79, 173.10, 157.82, 133.48, 129.85, 124.69, 123.47, 110.46, 38.40, 32.53, 31.54, 28.91, 24.26, 22.42, 13.94.
Example 32:
5-Pentylbenzimidazol-2-one (34)
Figure imgf000092_0001
To a solution of 5-methylbenzimidazol-2-one (50 mg, 3.378 x 10" mol) in dry ethanol (5 ml), the freshly made sodium ethoxide in ethanol (IM, 1.01 x 10" mol equivalents) was added dropwise under a nitrogen atmosphere. At room temperature the mixture was stirred for 3 hrs under an atmosphere of nitrogen and the ethanol was then removed under reduced pressure. To this a solution of dry DMSO (3 ml) and 1-bromobutane (54 μl, 5.1 x 10"4 mol) was added and stirred at room temperature under an atmosphere of nitrogen overnight. The reaction mixture was then quenched with ice and neutralised using IM hydrochloric acid solution, forming a white solid product. The solide was collected by filtration and purified using preparative thin liquid chromatography with 10% MeOH/CHCl3. Rf = 0.78
ESMS m/z 205 [(M + 1)/1)
Biological testing
In vitro assay of MIF antagonism
The activity of compounds was studied in a bioassay utilising MIF-dependent activation of human dermal fibroblasts. Sampey et al (20) have shown that induction of the expression of cyclooxygenase-2 (COX-2) by the cytokine interleukin 1 (IL-1) is dependent upon the presence of MIF, i.e. can be prevented using specific anti-MIF monoclonal antibody. IL-1- induced COX-2 expression is therefore a MIF-dependent event.
SI 12 human dermal fibroblasts were propagated in RPMI/10% foetal calf serum (FCS). Prior to experimentation, cells were seeded at 105 cells/ml in RPMI/0.1% BSA for 18 hours. Cells were treated with recombinant human IL-1 (0.1 ng/ml) and with each compound at 1-100 μM. A control was treated only with recombinant human IL-1 (0.1 ng/ml) and vehicle (DMSO). After 6 hours, cells were collected and intracellular COX-2 protein determined by permeabilisation flow cytometry. Cells permeabilised with 0.1% saponin were sequentially labelled with a mouse anti-human COX-2 monoclonal antibody and with sheep-anti-mouse F(ab)2 fragment labelled with fluoroscein isothiocyanate. Cellular fluorescence was determined using a flow cytometer. At least 5000 events were counted for each reading, each of which was performed in duplicate, and the results expressed in mean fluorescence intensity (MFI) after subtraction of negative control- labelled cell fluorescence.
The effect of each compound was determined by subtracting the IL-1+compound-treated cell MFI from the IL-1 -treated cell (control) MFI and expressed as % inhibition.
Results are shown in Table 1 below. In each case the % inhibition of IL-1 -induced COX-2 expression is expressed as the mean, or mean + SEM where results are available from multiple experiments. Table 1.
Figure imgf000094_0001
Figure 1 shows dose response curves for compound 5 observed in 3 experiments where compound 5 was added in 1 μM, 10 μM, 50 μM and 100 μM quantities and the samples analysed for IL-1 induced COX-2 expression as above.
Effect of glucocorticoids on MIF antagonism
In vitro assay of MIF antagonism in presence of glucocorticoid.
The above in vitro assay for analysing IL-1 induced COX-2 expression was repeated using Compound 5 (50 μM) (column 1), dexamethasone (10"9 M) (column 2) or a combination of dexamethasone (10"9 M) and Compound 5 (50 μM) (column 3). The results are shown in Table 2 and Figure 2.
Table 2
Figure imgf000095_0001
In vitro assay for the effect of a MIF antagonist and a glucocorticoid on IL-1 induced phosphorylation of ERK.
SI 12 human dermal fibroblasts cultured in RPMI (serum-free) medium were stimulated with recombinant human IL-1 0.1 ng/ml, as described herein, for 30 minutes, with or without the addition of dexamethasone 10"9M or benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) (50 μM). The phosphorylation (activation) of ERK was assessed using Western blotting with a mAb specific for the phosphorylated (activated) form of ERK. In brief, cells were disrupted by repeated aspiration through a 21 -gauge needle. After incubation on ice for 10 min and microcentrifugation at 3000 rpm for 15 min (4°C), the supernatants were removed, the protein concentration was determined, and the lysates were stored at -80°C. Equal amounts of cellular proteins were fractionated on 10% SDS- polyacrylamide electrophoresis gels and transferred to polyvinylidene difluoride membranes. Immunoblotting was performed using antibodies directed against phospho- p44/42 (ERK) and total p44/42 according to the manufacturer's instructions. The intensity of ERK activation is proportional to the size and optical density (darkness) of the resulting blots. Total ERK blots serve as a loading control, such that changes in phosphorylated ERK represent changes in phosphorylation and not in total ERK protein. In these experiments, ERK activation was demonstrated in response to IL-1 (lane 2) compared to untreated cells (control) (lane 1). ERK activation by IL-1 was not inhibited by benzimidazol-2-one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) (IL-1+MIF-a) (lane 3) or dexamethasone alone (not shown), but was powerfully inhibited by the combination of benzimidazol-2- one-5-pentanoate (compound 5) and dexamethasone (IL-1+MIF-a+DEX) (lane 4). The results are shown in Figure 3.
In vivo assay of MIF antagonism: Endotoxic shock
The activity of compound 5 was studied in the murine endotoxic shock model. This model has been previously shown to be dependent on MIF (21). Administration of a substance which inhibits the cytokine or biological activity of MIF would be expected to result in a reduction in serum levels of cytokines such as IL-1 or IL-6. Endotoxaemia was induced by intra-peritoneal injection of lipopolysaccharide (LPS) (15mg/kg) in 400 μl saline. Mice were treated with a saline solution (control) only, a saline solution and LPS, or LPS and compound 5 at a dose of 15 mg/kg body weight, administered by intra-peritoneal injection at 24 hours, 12 hours and 1 hour before intra-peritoneal LPS injection. After 1.5 hours mice were humanely killed by CO2 inhalation then neck dislocation. Serum was obtained from blood obtained by cardiac puncture prior to death and measured for cytokines including interleukin 1 (IL-1) and interleukin 6 (IL-6) by ELISA. The production of IL-1 and IL-6 has been previously shown to be dependent on MIF (22). Macrophages were obtained by lavage of the peritoneal cavity using normal saline and placed into 24 well tissue culture plates for 18 hours in RPMI/10%FCS. The cultured peritoneal macrophage supernatants were then analysed for cytokines including IL-6. The peritoneal lavage supernatants were also analysed for cytokines including IL-6. The results are provided in Table 3 and Figure 4. Table 3
Figure imgf000097_0001
Figure 5 shows analysis of serum IL-1 (ng/ml) obtained from mice in which when LPS was administered alone or in combination with compound 5. A marked reduction in serum IL-1 concentration was observed in animals treated with compound 5.
The effect of compound 5 was tested under a variety of conditions in animals exposed to endotoxic shock induced as above by the injection of 15 mg/kg LPS by intraperitoneal injection. In each case compounds were administered by intraperitoneal injection at a dose of 15mg/kg. Compound 5 administration was associated with reductions in serum IL-1, IL-6, and TNF concentration whether administered by intraperitoneal injection (IP) or by oral gavage, and under a variety of administration regimens. These data suggest compounds of Formula I are active inhibitors of the biological or cytokine activity of MIF in vivo.
Table 4
Serum cytokine levels in response to LPS: effects of compound 5
Figure imgf000097_0002
Figure imgf000098_0001
In vitro toxicity assay
The compounds of formula (I) may have low toxicity towards cells. The toxicity of compounds of formula (I) were examined in vitro to assess cytotoxicity. Human dermal fibroblast cell line (SI 12) cells were exposed to vehicle (control), compounds of formula (I) (50 μM) or sodium nitroprusside (SNP) (0.5 μM). SNP is a positive control agent which induces dose-dependent apoptosis in SI 12 cells. Toxicity was assessed by analysis of apoptosis using flow cytometric detection of cell surface Annexin V binding and propidium iodide staining. At least 5000 events were analysed for each experiment. Cells positive for both Annexin V and propidium iodide were designated as apoptotic and cells negative for both Annexin V and propidium iodide were designated as viable. Results are expressed as the percentage (%) of cells with each of these labels. No compound of formula (I) induced apoptosis at levels above the control whereas SNP induced a high level of apoptosis. The results for compound 5 are shown in Figure 6. The results for a number of compounds of formula (I) are shown in Figure 7.
In vitro assay of MIF antagonism: T cell activation
Activation of T lymphocyte responses is a critical event in the development of autoimmune and chronic inflammatory diseases. T lymphocyte activation in vitro and in vivo are known to be dependent upon the presence of bioactive MIF. For example, administration of specific monoclonal antibodies directed against MIF have been shown to inhibit development of T cell activation in vitro and of cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity responses in vivo (22) (7). The demonstration that compounds inhibitory of the cytokine and biological activity of MIF are inhibitory of T cell activation in vitro will be seen by those skilled in the art as supportive of the biological and functional antagonism of MIF provided by those compounds.
C57BL6/J male mice, aged 7-10 weeks old, were immunised with 200 μg of methylated bovine senim albumin (mBSA) dissolved in 20 μL of saline, emulsified in 200 μL of Freund's complete adjuvant (FCA) by subcutaneous injection. Seven (7) days later mice received a booster immunisation with 100 μg mBSA in 10 μL saline plus 100 μL FCA by subcutaneous injection. After a further seven (7) days mice were killed and spleens collected aseptically into Hanks buffered saline solution (HBSS). A single cell suspension was prepared in Petri dishes by flushing DMEM using a 26G needle and 2 mL syringe. The resulting cell suspension was centrifuged for 5-7 minutes and supernatant discarded. Erythrocytes were lysed using a solution containing 0.579% NH4C1, 0.000037% EDTA, and 0.1% NaHCO3 in a 37 °C water bath. Tubes were then filled with DMEM and centrifuged for 5-7 minutes. The cell-containing pellet was then resuspended in DMEM containing 5% fetal calf serum (FCS) and 0.05% 2-mercapto-ethanol at a concentration of lxlO6 cells/mL and plated at lxlO5 cells/well in 96-well plastic tissue culture plates. Test substances (compound or vehicle) were added and incubated for 1 hour in a 37°C, 5%CO2 incubator. The specific stimulating antigen, mBSA, was then added at 10-50 μg/mL and plates incubated for 30 hours in a 37°C, 5%CO2 incubator. Tritiated3H-thymidine was then added at a concentration of 0.5 μCi/well for a further 18 hours. Cells were harvested on a Packard cell harvester, and the harvested material added to 750 μL/tube scintillation fluid. Scintillation counts were read on a Wallac beta-emission counter. Incorporation of 3H- thymidine into DNA is a measure of cell proliferation, and hence of antigen-specific T cell activation.
As shown in figure 8, T cell proliferation was significant increased in the presence of the specific sensitising antigen, mBSA, at 50 μg/mL. The addition of compound 5 in increasing concentrations exerted a dose-dependent and statistically significant inhibitory effect on antigen-specific T cell activation. In figure 8, asterisks signify a statistically significant result (* p < 0.05, ** p < 0.01, *** p < 0.001).
The concentration at which T cell activation was suppressed by 50% compared to vehicle- only-treated cells (EC50) was calculated using Prism® software. The EC50 for compound 5 in experiments where T cells were stimulated with 50 μg/ml of mBSA was 13.75 μM. Further compounds were also tested for their ability to inhibit antigen-specific T cell activation as a marker of the inhibition of the cytokine or biological activity of MIF using this assay. Table 5 lists the EC50 for each compound in this assay, performed with concentrations of mBSA of either 50 or 10 μg/ml.
Table 5
Inhibition of T cell activation by compounds.
Figure imgf000100_0001
Figure imgf000101_0001
In vivo assay of MIF antagonism: cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity (DTH) to mBSA
As noted above, cutaneous delayed-type hypersensitivity reactions (DTH) are an in vivo test of T cell activation. DTH reactions have been shown to be dependent on the presence of bioactive MIF, as shown by suppression of these reactions with monoclonal anti-MIF antibodies (22). A compound which inhibits the cytokine of biological activity of MIF may be expected to inhibit the development of DTH reactions in vivo. DTH reactions were induced in mice developing antigen-induced arthritis (see below). C57BL6/J male mice, aged 7-10 weeks old, were immunized on day 0 with 200 μg methylated BSA (mBSA) emulsified in 200 μl of Freund's complete adjuvant (FCA) injected subcutaneously into the flank skin. Mice were treated with compound 5, administered by intraperitoneal injection, once per 24 hours at a dose of 15 mg/kg body weight. After seven days, mice received lOOμg mBSA and lOOμl FCA by intradermal injection at the base of the tail. After a further 14 days, arthritis was induced by intra-articular injection of 30 μg mBSA in 10 μl of sterile saline into the left knee, the right knee being injected with sterile saline alone. DTH reactions were induced as follows: these mice were challenged 24 h before the end of the experiment by intradermal injection of 50 μg mBSA in 20 μl saline into one hind footpad. A similar volume of saline was injected into the contralateral footpad as a control. Footpad swelling was quantified 24 h later using a micrometer. DTH was recorded as the difference in skin swelling between mBSA and saline-injected footpads, and expressed as change in footpad thickness (Δ mm). A reduction in skin thickness is consistent with an inhibitory effect on the biological or cytokine activity of MIF.
As shown in figure 9, a statistically significant reduction in cutaneous DTH reactions was observed in mice treated with compound 5, compared to mice treated with vehicle (p <0.05).
In vivo assay of MIF antagonism: antigen-induced arthritis.
Rheumatoid arthritis is a common, serious, chronic inflammatory disease affecting synovial joints, of which the etiology is unknown. Rheumatoid arthritis is one of the most common autoimmune or chronic inflammatory diseases, and can be seen as a model for other, less common, autoimmune and chronic inflammatory diseases. MIF has been confirmed as an important mediator in several animal models of rheumatoid arthritis, through studies in which antagonism of MIF with a monoclonal anti-MIF antibody exerted significant inhibitory effects on disease (23), (24), (8). Included among the animal models of rheumatoid arthritis in which MIF has been shown to be an essential factor is murine antigen-induced arthritis (8). A compound which inhibits the cytokine of biological activity of MIF might be expected to inhibit the development of murine antigen-induced arthritis in vivo.
Antigen-induced arthritis was induced in mice. C57BL6/J male mice, aged 7-10 weeks old, were immunized on day 0 with 200 μg methylated BSA (mBSA) emulsified in 200 μl of Freund's complete adjuvant (FCA) injected subcutaneously into the flank skin. Mice were treated with compound 5, administered by intraperitoneal injection, once per 24 hours at a dose of 15 mg/kg body weight. After seven days, mice received lOOμg mBSA and lOOμl FCA by intradermal injection at the base of the tail. After a further 14 days, arthritis was induced by intra-articular injection of 30 μg mBSA in 10 μl of sterile saline into the left knee, the right knee being injected with sterile saline alone.
Arthritis was analysed histologically at day 28 after first immunisation. Knee joints were dissected and fixed in 10% buffered formalin for 7 days. Fixed tissues were decalcified for 3 weeks in 15% ethylene-diamine-tetra-acetic acid (EDTA), dehydrated and embedded in paraffin. Sagittal sections (5 μm) of the knee joint were stained with Safranin-O and counterstained with fast green /iron hematoxylin. Histological sections were scored from 0 to 3 for four parameters: Synovitis was defined as hyper-cellularity of the synovium including pannus formation. Joint space exudate was identified as leukocytes, discretely or in aggregates, in the joint space. Cartilage, degradation was defined as the loss of Safranin- O staining of articular cartilage (0 = full stained cartilage, 3 = totally unstained cartilage). Bone damage was defined as the extent and depth of the subchondral bone invasion by pannus. A total score was also generated from the sum of these four parameters (maximum 12).
The results of treating mice with compound 5 are shown in figure 10. In figure 10a, the total arthritis score for vehicle and compound-treated animals is presented graphically. A statistically significant reduction in total arthritis score is seen (p = 0.0024). In figure 10b, individual parameters of arthritis are presented graphically. Statistically significant reductions in the severity of all individual parameters of arthritis can be seen for animals treated with compound 5.
An additional compound of Formula I has also been tested in the murine antigen induced arthritis model. Results for compound 13 are provided in table 6. Compound 13 also exerted an inhibitory effect on the severity of murine antigen induced arthritis.
Table 6
Effects of compound 13 in murine antigen induced arthritis.
Figure imgf000103_0001
In vivo assay of MIF antagonism: ex vivo T cell activation
As MIF is important in T cell activation, a compound capable of inhibiting the cytokine or biological activity of MIF might be expected to be exert inhibitory effects on T cell responsiveness. In vivo administration of such a compound might be expected to exert effects on T cell responsiveness even after the T cells have been removed from exposure to the compound, that is, if T cells were studied ex vivo after in vivo treatment with the MIF antagonist compound. To measure ex vivo antigen-specific T cell activation, draining lymph nodes from arthritic limbs or spleens were removed from mice with murine antigen induced arthritis, induced as above with mBSA, at day 28 after first immunisation and a single cell suspension prepared in DMEM containing 5% FCS and 0.05% 2- mercaptoethanol. 1 x 105 cells /200μl were cultured in triplicate in the presence or absence of mBSA (0.1, 1.0, 10 μg /ml) in 96-well plates for 48 hours (37°C, 5% CO2.) The T cell proliferation response was determined by measuring H-thymidine incorporation during the final 18 hr. The cells were harvested and radioactivity incorporation into the DNA was measured with a Wallac 1409 liquid scintillation counter. The means of each triplicate culture were calculated. Each experiment comprised at least three individual animals and the results presented represent the mean ± SEM of groups of animals in each experiment. The percentage inhibition of T cell proliferation was calculated using the result of the 3H- thymidine incorporation of cells from compound-treated animals subtracted from the H- thymidine incorporation of cells from vehicle-treated animals.
Figure l la depicts graphically the effect of in vivo treatment with compound 5 on the ex vivo activation of lymph node T cells in response to mBSA. As can be seen, cells from mice treated in vivo with compound 5 (filled bars) exhibited reduced prohferative responses to mBSA compared to cells from mice treated with vehicle. Representative of at least three separate experiments, each in triplicate and each including several individual animals. Figure l ib depicts graphically the effect of in vivo treatment with compound 13 on the ex vivo activation of splenic node T cells in response to mBSA. As can be seen, cells from mice treated in vivo with compound 13 (hatched bars) exhibited reduced prohferative responses to mBSA compared to cells from mice treated with vehicle. As can be seen from table 7, in vivo administration of compound 13 and compound 5 each exert an inhibitory effect on ex vivo splenic T cell proliferation.
Table 7
Inhibition of ex vivo splenic T cell activation by in vivo treatment with compounds.
Figure imgf000105_0001
In vitro assay of MIF antagonism: dermal fibroblast proliferation induced by recombinant MIF.
It is well known to those skilled in the art that MIF is able to induce proliferation in a number of cell types including cells derived from patients with rheumatoid arthritis (25). It has also been demonstrated that antagonism of MIF with a monoclonal anti-MIF antibody can inhibit the proliferation of cells in vitro. A compound with the ability to inhibit the cytokine or biological function of MIF might be expected to inhibit the prohferative effect of MIF.
The activity of compound 5 was studied in a bioassay utilising MIF-induced proliferation of human dermal fibroblasts. SI 12 human dermal fibroblasts were propagated in RPMI/10% foetal calf serum (FCS). Prior to experimentation, cells were seeded at 105 cells/ml in RPMI/0.1% BSA for 18 hours. At time point zero, culture medium was replaced with RPMI/10% FCS and treatments administered. Cells were treated with recombinant human macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) 50 ng/ml and/or compound 5 at a 1 -1000 molar ratio to the concentration of MIF. At a time point 30 hours later, cells were pulsed with 1 μCi/well of 3H-thymidine. At a time point 48 hours after commencement of the experiment, cells were harvested using a semi-automated cell harvester. The radioactivity incorporated into DNA was determined by liquid scintillation counting, with results expressed as [3H] thymidine incorporation.
Figure 12 depicts graphically the effect of compound 5 (0.013 μM) on proliferation of SI 12 cells treated with recombinant human MIF. A marked and statistically significant inhibitory effect was observed. The data presented are representative of four separate experiments.
In table 8, the inhibitory effect of compound 5 is expressed as the % inhibition of proliferation compared to the proliferation of rhMIF-treated cells.
Table 8
Inhibition of MIF-induced proliferation of sll2 dermal fibroblast by compound 5.
Figure imgf000106_0001
In vitro assay of MIF antagonism: inhibition of peritoneal macrophage cytokine production.
MIF is known to be a participant in the innate immune response to toxins such as the bacterial endotoxin lipopolysaccharide (LPS). As shown above, antagonists of MIF can inhibit endotoxin-induced macrophage cytokine production in vivo. A compound with the ability to inhibit the cytokine or biological function of MIF might be expected to inhibit the activation of cytokine production by macrophages in response to LPS.
C57BL6/J male mice were injected intraperitoneally with 2ml of thioglycollate. Five (5) days later peritoneal macrophages were collected by lavaging the peritoneum of anaesthetized mice with 3ml of cold Hanks buffered saline solution. Cells from several mice were pooled, washed and re-suspended in DMEM supplemented with 5%FCS. Cells were plated in 96 well plastic tissue culture plates at lxl 05 cells/well. Cells were treated with compound or vehicle for 1 hour in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37 °C. Cells were then treated with LPS (10-100 ng/ml) or recombinant human interferon-γ (10 units/ml) and incubated for 24 hours. After 24 hours, 50 μl of supernatant from each well was carefully removed and transferred to ELISA plates. The concentration of interleukin 1 (IL-1) or interleukin 6 (IL-6) was measured by ELISA. The concentration of compound at which LPS- or interferon-γ-induced cytokine release was suppressed by 50% compared to vehicle-only-treated cells (EC50) was calculated using Prism® software. Table 9 lists the EC50 for two compounds tested in this assay.
Table 9 Inhibition of murine peritoneal macrophage cytokine production.
Figure imgf000107_0001
In vitro assay of MIF antagonism: inhibition of peritoneal macrophage nitric oxide release.
MIF is able to induce or facilitate the expression and release of a wide variety of pro- inflammatory and/or destructive molecules. In the case of macrophages, in addition to the facilitation of cytokine release, MIF is able to facilitate the release of nitric oxide (NO) (26). A compound with the ability to inhibit the cytokine or biological function of MIF might be expected to inhibit the activation of NO production by macrophages.
C57BL6/J male mice were injected intraperitoneally with 2ml of thioglycoUate. Five (5) days later peritoneal macrophages were collected by lavaging the peritoneum of anaesthetized mice with 3ml of cold Hanks buffered saline solution. Cells from several mice were pooled, washed and re-suspended in DMEM supplemented with 5%FCS. Cells were plated in 96 well plastic tissue culture plates at lxlO5 cells/well. Cells were treated with compound or vehicle for 1 hour in a 5% CO2 incubator at 37 °C. Cells were then treated with LPS (10 ng/ml) and recombinant human interferon-γ (10 units/ml) and incubated for 24 hours. After 24 hours, 50 μl of supernatant from each well was carefully removed and transferred to ELISA plates. The concentration of nitrite in culture supernatants was measured by the Greiss assay (27). The results were defined as the percentage inhibition of nitrite concentration in compound-treated cell culture supernatants compared to that of vehicle-treated cells.
Table 10 displays the results for two compounds tested in this assay. Marked and statistically significant reductions in nitrite concentration were observed in the supernatants of cells treated with compounds.
Table 10
Inhibition of murine peritoneal macrophage nitric oxide production.
Figure imgf000108_0001
In vitro assay of MIF antagonism: inhibition of human rheumatoid arthritis synovial fibroblast proliferation.
MIF is known to be a stimulus or participant in the proliferation of multiple cell types with relevance to disease states. For example, this been shown to be the case for the native resident cells of the synovial lesion of human rheumatoid arthritis, namely fibroblast-like synoviocytes (FLS). Lacey et al (26) reported that recombinant MIF induces proliferation of FLS, and moreover that a monoclonal anti-MIF antibody is able to suppress the proliferation of FLS induced by another cytokine, interleukin 1 (IL-1). A compound capable of inhibiting the cytokine or biological activity of MIF would be expected to be able to inhibit the IL-1 -induced proliferation of human rheumatoid arthritis FLS.
Fibroblast-like synoviocytes (FLS) were obtained from synovium of rheumatoid (RA) ' patients undergoing joint replacement surgery and prepared according to Lacey et al (26). FLS were isolated using enzyme digestion and cultured in RPMI/10% fetal calf serum (FCS) as previously described. A single cell suspension was obtained by digesting minced synovial tissue with 2.4 mg/ml Dispase (grade II, 5 U/mg) 1 mg/ml collagenase (type II) and DNase (type I). FLS were propagated in 10 cm culture plates in RPMI supplemented with 10 % FCS at 37°C in a 5% CO2 humidified incubator. Cells beyond 3rd passage were more than 99% CD45-. Cells were used between passages 4 and 9. Cells from four individual human RA donor FLS used.
To determine the effect of compound 5 on FLS proliferation, DNA synthesis was measured by [ H] thymidine incorporation. FLS were seeded overnight at 0.5x10 cells per well in 24 well tissue culture plates in RPMI/10% FCS. Cell growth was synchronised by culturing FLS in RPMI/0.1 % bovine serum albumin for 24 h. FLS were treated with human recombinant IL-lβ (0.1 ng/ml) and compound 5 (50 μM) or vehicle for 54 h prior to cells being pulsed for 18 h with 1 μCi/ml 3H-thymidine. Duplicate or triplicate cultures were used for each determination as noted. FLS were detached using Trypsin-EDTA, harvested using a cell harvester, and the radioactivity incorporated into DNA determined using a Wallac 1409 liquid scintillation counter. Results were expressed as the percentage of control (untreated) cell proliferation, and the mean ± SEM of four experiments calculated.
As shown in Table 11, IL-1 statistically significantly induced the proliferation of human rheumatoid arthritis FLS. There was no effect of vehicle on proliferation, but compound 5 treatment was associated with a marked and statistically significant inhibition of IL-1- nduced FLS proliferation. These data are consistent with compound 5 being an inhibitor of the cytokine and biological activity of MIF.
Table 11.
Figure imgf000110_0001
References
(1) David, J, Delayed hypersensitivity in vitro: its mediation by cell-free substances formed by lymphoid cell-antigen interaction. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 1966; 56:72-77.
(2) Weiser, WY, Temple PA, Witek-Gianotti J S, Remold HG, Clark SC, Davis JR, Molecular cloning of cDNA encoding a human macrophage migration inhibitory factor, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA, 1989; 86:7522-7526.
(3) Leech M, Metz CN, Smith M, Weedon H, Holdsworth SR, Bucala R, et al. Macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) in rheumatoid arthritis: Evidence for pro-inflammatory function and regulation by glucocorticoids. Arthritis & Rheumatism 1999; 42:1601-1608.
(4) Morand EF, Bucala R, Leech M. Macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF): An emerging therapeutic target in rheumatoid arthritis. Arthritis & Rheumatism 2003; 48:291-299.
(5) Calandra T, Bemhagen J, Metz CN, Spiegel LA, Bacher M, Donnelly T, et al. MIF as a glucocorticoid-induced modulator of cytokine production. Nature 1995; 377:68- 71.
(6) Donnelly SC, Haslett C, Reid PT, Grant IS, Wallace WAH, Metz CN, I. Regulatory role for macrophage migration inhibitory factor in acute respiratory distress syndrome. Nature Medicine 1997; 3:320-323.
(7) Bacher M, Metz CN, Calandra T, Mayer K, Chesney J, Lohoff M, et al. An essential regulatory role for macrophage migration inhibitory factor in T-cell activation. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences USA 1996; 3 :7849-7854. (8) Santos LL, Hall P, Metz CN, Bucala R, Morand EF. Role of macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) in murine antigen-induced arthritis: Interaction with glucocorticoids. Clin.Exp.Immunol 2001; 123:309-314.
(9) Leech M, Santos LL, Metz C, Holdsworth SR, Bucala R, Morand EF. Control of macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) by endogenous glucocorticoids in rat adjuvant arthritis. Arthritis & Rheumatism 2000; 43:827-833.
(10) Bucala R. MIF rediscovered: cytokine, pituitary hormone, and glucocorticoid- induced regulator of the immune response. FASEB.J. 1996; 10:1607-1613.
(11) Sabroe I, Pease JE, Williams TJ. Asthma and MIF: innately Thl and Th2. Clin Exp Allergy 2000; 30(9): 1194-6.
(12) Harvey, I. W.; McFariane, M. D.; Moody, D. J.; Smith, D. M. J. Chem. Soc. Perkin Trans., 1988, 1, 681-689.
(13) Swantek JL, Cobb MH, Geppert TD. Jun N-terminal kinase/stress-activated protein kinase (JNK/SAPK) is required for lipopolysaccharide stimulation of tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF) translation: glucocorticoids inhibit TNF translation by blocking
JNK/SAPK. Molecular and Cellular Biology 1997;17:6274-6282.
(14) Rogatsky I, Logan SK, Garabedian MJ. Antagonism of glucocorticoid receptor transcriptional activation by the c-Jun N-terminal kinase. Proc.Natl.Acad.Sci. U.S.A. 1998;95:2050-2055.
(15) Kassel O, Sancono A, Kratzschmar J, Kreft B, Stassen M, Cato AC. Glucocorticoids inhibit MAP kinase via increased expression and decreased degradation of MKP-1. Embo J2001;20(24):7108-16. (16) Mitchell, RA, Metz CN, Peng T, Bucala R. Sustained mitogen-activated protein kinase (MAPK) and cytoplasmic phospholipase A2 activation by macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF). Regulatory role in cell proliferation and glucocorticoid action. Journal of Biological Chemistry, 1999; 274:18100-18106.
(17) M.N. Kosyakovskaya, AN. Gordeeva, Ch. Sh. Kadyrov, Chem. Het. Compounds, 1972, 8, 351)
(18) Berg, S. S.; Νewbery, G. J. Chem. Soc, 1946, 642.
(19) Hopkins, K. T.; Wilson, D. W.; Bender, B. C; McCurdy, D. R; Hall, j. E. J. Med. Chem., 1998, 41, 3872-3878.
(20) Sampey AN, Hall P, Bucala R, Morand EF. Macrophage migration inhibitory factor (MIF) activation of rheumatoid synoviocytes. Arthritis & Rheumatism 1999;
44:S283.
(21) Bemhagen, J, Calandra T, Mitchell RA, Martin SB, Tracey KJ, Voelter W, et al. MIF is a pituitary-derived cytokine that potentiates lethal endotoxaemia. Nature 1993; 365:756-759.
(22) Bozza M, Satoskar AB, Lin G, Lu B, Humbles AA, Gerard C, et al, Targeted disruption of Migration Inhibitory Factor gene reveals its critical role in sepsis. Journal of Experimental Medicine 1999; 189: 341-346.
(23) Bemhagen J, Bacher M, Calandra T, Metz CΝ, Doty SB, Donnelly T, et al. An essential role for macrophage migration inhibitory factor in the tuberculin delayed- type hypersensitivity reaction. Journal of Experimental Medicine 1996;183:277-282. (24) Mikulowska A, Metz CN, Bucala R, Holmdahl R. Macrophage migration inhibitory factor is involved in the pathogenesis of collagen type Il-induced arthritis in mice. Journal of Immunology 1997;158:5514-5517.
(25) Leech M, Metz CN, Santos LL, Peng T, Holdsworth SR, Bucala R, et al. Involvement of macrophage migration inhibitory factor in the evolution of rat adjuvant arthritis. Arthritis & Rheumatism 1998;41 :910-917.
(26) Lacey DC, Sampey AV, Mitchell R, Bucala R, Santos L, Leech M, et al. Control of fibroblast-like synoviocyte proliferation by macrophage migration inhibitory factor
(MIF). Arthritis & Rheumatism 2003;48:103-9.
(27) Juttner S, Bemhagen J, Metz CN, Rollinghoff M, Bucala R, Gessner A. Migration inhibitory factor induces killing of Leishmania major by macrophages: dependence on reactive nitrogen intermediates and endogenous TNF. J.Immunol. 1998;161 :2383-
2390.
(28) Santos LL, Morand EF, Holdsworth SR. Suppression of adjuvant arthritis and synovial macrophage inducible nitric oxide by N-iminoethyl-1-omithine, a nitric oxide synthase inhibitor. Inflammation 1997;21 :299-311.

Claims

CLAIMS:
1. A method of inhibiting cytokine or biological activity of MIF comprising contacting MIF with a cytokine or biological activity inhibiting effective amount of a compound of foπnula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof
Figure imgf000115_0001
wherein X is selected from -O-, -S-, -C(R5)(R5-)- or -N(R6)-;
Y is selected from -N(R7)-, -O-, -S- or -C(R7)2-;
Z is selected from -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(=NR6)-, -S(O> or -S(O)2-;
Ri is selected from hydrogen, Cι_3alkyl, (CR5R5')„OR7, (CR5R5')nSR7, (CR5R5 nN(R6)2 and (CR5R5.)nhalo;
R2 is selected from C1-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C2oalkynyl, (CRι2R12.)mC(0)R8, (CRι2R12.)mC(S)R8, (CRι2R12-)mS(O)R8, (CRι2R12.)mS(O)2R8, (CR12R12.)mOR9, (CR,2Rι2.)mSR9, (CR12Rι2.)mNR10Rπ, (CR,2R12.)mC(=NR24)R22 and (CRι2R12.)mRι3;
R3 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, (CRι6Riό')pNRι4Rι5, (CRι6Rι<_')pORι7, (CR16R,6.)pSRπ, (CR16R16.)phalo, (CRι6Rι6.)PNO2, (CR16R16.)nC(O)R28,
Figure imgf000115_0002
(CR16R16.)nS(O)R17, (CR16R16.)nS(O)2Rι7, (CR16R16.)nS(O)3Rι7 and (CRι6Rι6.)PC(Rι8)3; t is selected from hydrogen, halogen Cι-C3alkyl, C2-3alkenyl, C2-3alkynyl and
Figure imgf000116_0001
Each R5 and R5> is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, halo, OR7, SR7 and N(R6)2;
Each R6 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl and OR7;
Each R7 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
R8 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, ORι9, SRι9, N(R20)2, [NH-CH(R21)-C(O)]q-OR29, [sugar]q and (CR12R12.)tRι3;
R9 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C -C2oalkynyl, (CRι2Rι2-) Ri3. C(O)R23, CO2R23, C(S)R23, C(S)OR23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23, [C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]q-R23 and [sugar],;
Rio and Rn are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C20alkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CRι2Rι2')mRι3, C(O)R23, C(S)R23, S(O)R23, S(O)2R23, [C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]q-R23, -[sugar]q and NHC(=NR25)-NH2;
Each Ri2 and Rw is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR24, SR24, halo, N(R24)2, CO2R24, CN, NO2, aryl or heterocyclyl;
R]3 is selected from OR25, SR25, halo, N(R25)2, C(O)R3ι, CN, C(Rι8)3, aryl or heterocyclyl;
Rι and R]5 are independently selected from hydrogen, C C3alkyl, ORπ,
Figure imgf000116_0002
Each Rie and Rι6' is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, halo, ORι7, SRπ and N(Rι7)2; Each Rn is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each Rι8 is independently selected from hydrogen and halo;
Rι9 and each R20 are independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C 0alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CR26R26.)tR27;
R21 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
R22 is selected from Cι-C6alkyl, NH2, NH(Cι-6alkyl), N(Cι-6alkyl)2, OR29 or SR29;
R23 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C2oalkynyl, aryl
Figure imgf000117_0001
Each R24 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C6alkyl;
Each R25 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, Cι-3alkoxyCι-3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl;
Each R26 and R26- is mdependently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C6alkyl, C2-C6alkenyl, C2-C6alkynyl, OR29, SR29, halo, N(R29)2, CO2R29, CN, NO2, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R27 is selected from hydrogen, OR30, SR30, halo, N(R30)2, CO2R3Q, aryl and heterocyclyl;
R28 is selected from hydrogen, Cι-6alkyl, OR29, SR29 or N(R29)2;
Each R2 is independently selected from hydrogen and Cι-C3alkyl;
Each R30 is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι-C3alkyl, aryl and heterocyclyl; R3ι is selected from Cι-3alkyl, OH, Cι-3alkoxy, aryl, aryloxy, heterocyclyl and heterocyclyloxy;
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3; m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 20; p is 0 or an integer from 1 to 6; q is an integer from 1 to 5; t is an integer from 1 to 10;
wherein alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
2. A method according to claim 1 wherein X is selected from the group consisting of -N(H)-, -N(C1-3alkyl)-, -N(OH)-, -N(OC1-3alkyl)-, -O-, -S-, -CH2, -CH(OH)-, -CH(NH2)-, -CH(Cι-3alkyl)-, -CH(halo)-, -CH(SH)-, -CH(OCι_3alkyl), -CH(SC1-3alkyl)-.
3. A method according to claim 1 wherein Y is selected from the group consisting of -NH-, -O-, -S-, -N(C,-3alkyl)- or -CH2-.
4. A method according to claim 1 wherein Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -C(=NH)-, -C(=NCι-3alkyl)-, -C(=NOH)- or -C(=NOCι-3alkyl).
5. A method according to claim 1 wherein R is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br.
6. A method according to claim 1 wherein R2 is selected from the group consisting of Cι_20alkyl, Cι.20alkenyl, (CR12R12.)mheterocyclyl, (CRι2Rι2')maryl, (CRι2Rι2.)mhalo, (CRι2Rι2-)mOH, (CR12Ri2.)mOCι-20alkyl, (CRi2Ri2')n.OC2-2oalkenyl, (CR12R,2 mOC(O)Cι- 20alkyl, (CR12Rι2.)mOC(O)C2-2oalkenyl, (CR12Ri2')mOC(O)aryl,
(CR12Ri2')mO[C(O)CH(R21)NH]r-H, (CRi2R12>)mO[sugar]r, (CR12R,2.)mNH2 (CRι2Rι2')mNHC1-20alkyl, (CRι2Rι2.)mN(Cι_20alkyl)2, (CR12R12)mNHC2-2oalkenyl,
(CRι2Ri2')mN(C2-2oalkenyl)2, (CR12R12.)mN(C,-20alkyl)(C2.20alkenyl),
Figure imgf000118_0001
(CR12R12.)mNHC(O)C2-20alkenyl, (CRι2R12.)mNHC(O)aryl, (CR12R12.)mNH[C(O)CH(R2ι)NH]r-H, (CRι2R12 mNH-[sugar]r, (CRι2R12.)mSO3H, (CRι2R12.)mSO3Cι-20alkyl, (CR12R12.)mSO3C2-20alkenyl, (CR12R12.)mC(O)Cι-20alkyl, (CRι2R12')mC(0)C2-2oalkenyl, (CR12Ri2')mCO2H, (CRiaRir COzCi-aoalkyl,
(CRι2R12.)mCO2C2-20alkenyl, (CR12Ri2')mC(O)NHC1.20alkyl, (CR12Rι2')mC(O)N(C1- 20alkyl)2, (CR12Rι2.)mC(O)NHC2-20alkenyl, (CR12R12.)mC(O)N(C2-20alkenyl)2,
(CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)N(C1-20alkyl)(C2-20alkenyl), (CRι2Rι2.)mC(O)[NHCH(R2ι)C(O)]r-OH,
(CR12R12 mC(O)[NHCH(R2ι)C(O)]r-OCH3 (CR12Ri2')mC(O)[sugar]r, (CR^ mSd. 6alkyl, C(=N)NHCι-6alkyl; wherein each Rι2 and Rι2' is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι_6alkyl, C2-6alkenyl, C2-6alkynyl, halogen, OH, hydroxyCι-6alkyl, OCι-6alkyl, CO2H, CO2Cι-3alkyl, NH2, NHCι-3alkyl, N(C1-3alkyl)2, CN, NO2, aryl or heterocyclyl; R21 is the characterising group of an amino acid, m is 0 or an integer from 1 to 20 and r is an integer from 1 to 5.
7. A method according to claim 1 wherein R3 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, halogen, C C6alkyl, -(CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3 or
-(CH )n-SH wherein n is as defined in claim 1.
8. A method according to claim 1 wherein R4 is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, -CH2=CH2, CH2CF3, fluoro, chloro or bromo.
9. A method according to claim 1 wherein at least one of R5 and R5- in each (CR5R5') is hydrogen.
10. A method according to claim 1 wherein at least one of Rι2 and Rι2- in each (CRi 2Rι 2') is hydrogen.
11. A method according to claim 1 wherein at least one of Rj6 and R]6- in each (CRiόRiό1) is hydrogen.
12. A method according to claim 1 wherein at least one of R26 and R26- in each (CR26R26') is hydrogen.
13. A method according to claim 1 wherein
X is selected from the group consisting of -O-, -S-, -C(R5)2- or -N(R6)-;
Y is selected from the group consisting of -N(R7)-, -O-, -S-, or -C(R7)2-;
Z is selected from the group consisting of -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -S(O)- or -C(=NR6);
Ri is selected from the group consisting of hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
R is selected from the group consisting of Cι-C20alkyl, C2-C2oalkenyl, C2-C20alkynyl, (CRι2R,2.)mC(O)R8, -(CRi2Ri2')mC(S)R8, -(CRι2Rι2.)mS(O)R8, -(CRι2Rι2.)mS(O)2R8, - (CR12R,2.)mOR9, -(CRι2Rι2.)mSR9, -(CRizRu mNRioRπ, (CRι2Rι2.)mC(=NR24)R22 or (CR12Rι2')mRi3 where m, R7, R8, R9, Rio, Rn, Rι2, Rι2-, Rn. R22 and R24 are as defined in claim 1;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, Cι.6alkyl, -(CH2)„NH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)nCF3 or - (CH2)nSH where n is as defined in claim 1 ; and
i is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3 or -CH2=CH2.
14. A method according to claim 1 wherein X is -N(R6 ;
Y is -N(R7)- or -C(R7)2-;
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)-, -S(O)- or -C(=NH);
Ri is hydrogen, CH3, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br; R2 is as defined in claim 1 ;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, Cι-3alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, (CH2)nOH or (CH2)nCF3 where n is defined in claim 1 ; and
i is hydrogen, halogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3 or -CH2=CH2.
15. A method according to claim 1 wherein the compound of formula (I) is a benzimidazole compounds having the formula (II):
Figure imgf000121_0001
wherein
Ri is hydrogen, CH3, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
R2 is as defined in claim 1 ;
R3 is hydrogen, halogen, C C3alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, (CH2)nOH, CH2C(O)CH3, or (CH2)nCF3 where n is as defined in claim 1; and
Ri is hydrogen, F, Cl or Br, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3 or -CH2=CH2.
16. A method according to claim 1 wherem the compound of formula (I) is a compound of formula (III):
Figure imgf000122_0001
wherein
X is -O-, -NH- or-CH2-;
Y is -NH-, -0-, -S- or -CH2-;
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)- or -S(O)-;
R10ι is selected from hydrogen, C]-3alkyl, OH, SH, NH2, NHCι-3alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
R102 is selected from Cι- oalkyl, C2-20alkenyl, CO H, CO2Rι05, -NH2, F, Cl, Br, (CH2)wRι06, C(O)N(R107)2. C(=N)NHd.6alkyl, SO2Cι-6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(R,08)C(O)]q-OR109, C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)„aryl, NHC(O)(CH2)„Sheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι.6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)„CO2H, SO2OCι-10alkyl, and SO2NHCι.ι0alkyl;
Rι03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, Cι-6alkyl, -(CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)„-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3, -(CH2)nC(O)Cι-3alkyl or -(CH2)n-SH;
Rιo4 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2C(Rno)3, C(Rno)3. -CH2=CH2, fluoro, chloro or bromo;
Rιo5 is selected from hydrogen, Cι- oalkyl, C2-2oalkenyl or (CH2)tOCι-3alkyl;
Rioό is selected from SH, SC1-6alkyl, OH, OCι-6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each Ri07 is mdependently selected from hydrogen, Cι-20alkyl, C2-2oalkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH2)theterocyclyl;
Rιo8 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo9 is hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl;
Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6; t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
17. A method according to claim 1 wherein the compound of formula 1 is a compound of formula (IV):
Figure imgf000123_0001
wherein
Rioi is selected from hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
Rι02 is selected from Cι-2oalkyl, C2-20alkenyl, CO2H, CO2Rιos. -NH2, F, Cl, Br, (CH2)wRι06, C(O)N(R,07)2. C(=N)NHCι_6alkyl, SO2Cι_6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(Ri08)C(O)]q-OR109,
C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι_6alkyl, C(0)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OC1.10a.kyl, and SO2NHCι-ι0alkyl;
R103 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, Cι.6alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3, CH2C(O)CH3 or -(CH2)n-SH;
Rιo4 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3, -CH2=CH2 fluoro, chloro or bromo;
R105 is selected from hydrogen, Ci-ioalkyl, C2-ι0alkenyl, (CH2)tOCι-3alkyl;
Rιo6 is selected from SH, SCι-6alkyl, OH, OCι_6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each R107 is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci-ioalkyl, C2.ιoalkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH2)theterocyclyl;
Rιo8 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo9 is hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl;
Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6, t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
18. A method according to claim 1 wherein the compound of formula 1 is selected from the group consisting of: benzimidazole-2-one-5-n-pentanoate, 5-[2-(l-oxy-2-hydroxyethyl)ethyl]benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylate, benzimidazole-2-one-5-methanoate, benzimidazole-2-one-5-ethanoate,
3,4,5-tris(acetyloxy)-6-[(acetyloxy)methyl]tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl- benzimidazole-2-one-5-carboxylate,
5-bromo-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one, 5-hydroxy-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
5 -dodecanylb enzoimidazol-2-one,
4,5,7-tribromo-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
4,5,6,7-tetrabromobenzimidazol-2-one,
5-methyl-6-nitrobenzimidazol-2-one, 5-amino-6methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
N-(6-methylbenzimidazol-5-yl)-2-pyrimidin-2-yl-sulfanyl-acetamide, pentyl-benzimidazol-2-one-5-carbothioate,
5-(benzimidazol-2(3H)-one-6-yl)-5-oxopentanoic acid,
2(3H)-benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid pentyl ester, 2(3H)-benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid pentyl amide,
N-butyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazole-5-carboximidamide,
5-heptanoylbenzofuran-2(3H)-one, methyl 3-hydroxy-2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5- yl)carbonyl] amino} propanoate, 3-hydroxy-2- {[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l ,3-benzimidazol-5- yl)carbonyl] amino} propanoic acid, methyl 2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl]amino}-3- phenyl propanoate,
2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl]amino}-3-phenyl propanoic acid, and
N-(3,4-dihydroxyphenethyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazole-5- carboxamide.
19. A method of treating, preventing or diagnosing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising the administration of a treatment, prevention or diagnostic effective amount of a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof to a subject in need thereof.
20. A method according to claim 19 wherein the disease or condition is selected from autoimmune diseases, solid or haemopoitic tumours and chronic or acute inflammatory diseases.
21. A method according to claim 19 wherein the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of Rheumatic diseases, spondyloarthropathies, crystal arthropathies, Lyme disease, connective tissue diseases, vasculitides, glomerulonephritis, interstitial nephritis, inflammatory bowel disease, peptic ulceration, gastritis, oesophagitis, liver disease, autoimmune diseases, pulmonary diseases, cancers whether primary or metastatic, atherosclerosis, disorders of the hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis, brain disorders, corneal disease, iritis, iridocyclitis, cataracts, uveitis, sarcoidosis, diseases characterised by modified angiogenesis, endometrial function, psoriasis, endotoxic (septic) shock, exotoxic (septic) shock, infective (true septic) shock, other complications of infection, pelvic inflammatory disease, transplant rejection, allergies, allergic rhinitis, bone diseases, atopic dermatitis, UN(B)-induced dermal cell activation, malarial complications, diabetes mellitus, pain, inflammatory consequences of trauma or ischaemia, testicular dysfunctions and wound healing.
22. A method according to claim 21 wherein the disease or condition is selected from the group consisting of rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, psoriatic arthritis, ankylosing spondylitis, reactive arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, gout, pseudogout, calcium pyrophosphate deposition disease, systemic lupus erythematosus, systemic sclerosis, polymyositis, dermatomyositis, Sjδgren's syndrome, polyarteritis nodosa, Wegener's granulomatosis, Churg-Strauss syndrome, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, cirrhosis, hepatitis, diabetes mellitus, thyroiditis, myasthenia gravis, sclerosing cholangitis, primary biliary cirrhosis, diffuse interstitial lung diseases, pneumoconioses, fibrosing alveolitis, asthma, bronchitis, bronchiectasis, chronic obstructive pulmonary disease, adult respiratory distress syndrome, colon cancer, lymphoma, lung cancer, melanoma, prostate cancer, breast cancer, stomach cancer, leukemia, cervical cancer and metastatic cancer, ischaemic heart disease, myocardial infarction, stroke, peripheral vascular disease, Alzheimer's disease, multiple sclerosis, diabetic retinopathy, parturition, endometriosis, osteoporosis, Paget's disease, sunburn and skin cancer.
23. A method of claim 19 wherein the subj ect is a human subj ect.
24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrag thereof and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier , diluent or excipient
25. A pharmaceutical composition according to claim 24 further comprising a glucocorticoid.
26. A method of treating or preventing a disease or condition wherein MIF cytokine or biological activity is implicated comprising:
administering to a mammal a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof and a second therapeutic agent.
27. A method according to claim 26 wherein the second therapeutic agent is a glucocorticoid.
28. A method of prophylaxis or treatment of a disease or condition for which treatment with a glucocorticoid is indicated, said method comprising:
administering to a mammal a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
29. A method of treating a steroid-resistant disease or condition comprising:
administering to a mammal a glucocorticoid and a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof.
30. A method of enhancing the effect of a glucocorticoid in mammals comprising administering a compound of formula (I) as defined in claim 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrag thereof simultaneously, separately or sequentially with said glucocorticoid.
31. A compound of formula (III) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000128_0001
wherein
X is -O-, -NH- or-CH2-
Y is -NH-, -O-, -S- or -CH2-
Z is -C(O)-, -C(S)- or -S(O)-;
Rioi is selected from hydrogen, Cι.3alkyl, OH, SH, NH2, NHCι_3alkyl, F, Cl or Br;
R102 is selected from Cι-2oalkyl, C2-20alkenyl, CO2H, F, Cl, Br, CO2Rι05, (CH2)wRι06, C(O)N(R,07)2, C(=N)NHCι_6alkyl, SO2Cι_6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(R,08)C(O)]q-ORι09) NH2, C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι_6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OCι.ι0alkyl and SO2NHCι.ι0alkyl;
Ri03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, C,.6alkyl, -(CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3, -(CH2)nC(O)Cι_3allcyl or -(CH2)n-SH; Rιo4 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2C(Rno)3. C(Rno)3, -CH2=CH2, fluoro, chloro or bromo;
R105 is selected from hydrogen, Cι_2oalkyl, C2-2oalkenyl or (CH2) OCι-3alkyl;
Rιo6 is selected from SH, SCι.6alkyl, OH, OCι_6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each Rιo is independently selected from hydrogen, Cι.20alkyl, C2.2oalkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH2)theterocyclyl;
Rιo8 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo9 is hydrogen, Cι.3alkyl;
Each R o is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6; t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
32. A compound of formula (IV) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or prodrug thereof:
Figure imgf000129_0001
wherein
Rioi is selected from hydrogen, CH3, OH, SH, NH2, NHCH3, F, Cl or Br;
R102 is selected from Cι_2oalkyl, C2.2oalkenyl, CO2H, F, Cl, Br, CO2R105, (CH2)wRι06, C(O)N(Rio7)2, C(=N)NHCι_6alkyl, SO2Cι-6alkyl, C(O)[NHCH(Rι08)C(O)]q-ORι09, NH2, C(O)sugar, CONH(CH2)naryl, NHC(O)(CH2)nSheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι.6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OC 0alkyl and SO2NHC 0alkyl.
Rι03 is selected from hydrogen, F, Cl, Br, Cι_6alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, -(CH2)nNO2, -(CH2)n-OH, -(CH2)n-CF3, CH2C(O)CH3 or -(CH2)n-SH;
Rιo4 is selected from hydrogen, methyl, ethyl, CH2CF3, -CH2=CH2 fluoro, chloro or bromo;
Rιo5 is selected from hydrogen, Cj.ioalkyl, C2-ιoalkenyl, (CH2) OCι-3alkyl;
Rιo6 is selected from SH, SCι_6alkyl, OH, OCι.6alkyl, sugar, CO2H, NH2, heterocyclyl or aryl;
Each R107 is independently selected from hydrogen, Ci-ioalkyl, C2.ιoalkenyl, (CH2)taryl and (CH2)heterocyclyl;
R108 is the characterising group of an amino acid;
Rιo9 is hydrogen, Cι-3alkyl;
Each Rno is independently selected from hydrogen and halo; and
n is 0 or an integer from 1 to 3, q is an integer from 1 to 5, w is an integer from 1 to 6, t is an integer from 1 to 10; wherein each alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, aryl and heterocyclyl may be optionally substituted.
33. A compound according to claim 32 wherein Rι01 is hydrogen, F, Cl or Br.
34. A compound according to claim 32 wherein Rlθ is Cι_20alkyl, halogen, NH2, CO2H, CO2Cι_ι0alkyl, C(O)sugar, CO2(CH2)nOCι.6alkyl, CONHCι.10alkyl,
CONH(CH2)naryl, CO[NHCH(Rι07)CO]-OH, CO[NHCH(R107)CO]Od.3all yl,
NHC(O)(CH2)„Sheterocyclyl, C(O)SCι.6alkyl, C(O)(CH2)nCO2H, SO2OCι_ι0alkyl, SO2NHd.ι0alkyl or C(=NH)NHCι.6alkyl.
35. A compound according to claim 32 wherein R103 is hydrogen, halogen, Cι-3alkyl, (CH2)nNH2, (CH2)nNO2, (CH2)nNH2, (CH2)„OH or (CH2)nCF3.
36. A compound according to claim 32 wherein Rι0 is hydrogen, F, Cl or Br.
37. A compound according to claim 32 wherein R107 is the characterising group from serine (CH2OH) or phenylalanine (CH2Ph).
38. A compound of formula (I) selected from the group consisting of: benzimidazole-2-one-5-n-pentanoate, 5-[2-(l-oxy-2-hydroxyethyl)ethyl]benzimidazol-2-one-5-carboxylate, benzimidazole-2-one-5 -methanoate, benzimidazole-2-one-5-ethanoate,
3,4,5-tris(acetyloxy)-6-[(acetyloxy)methyl]tetrahydro-2H-pyran-2-yl- benzimidazole-2-one-5-carboxylate, 5-bromo-6-metlιylbenzimidazol-2-one,
5-hydroxy-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
5 -dodecanylbenzoimidazol-2-one,
4, 5 ,7-tribromo-6-methylbenzimidazol-2-one,
4,5,6,7-tetrabromobenzimidazol-2-one, 5-methyl-6-nitrobenzimidazol-2-one,
5-amino-6methylbenzimidazol-2-one, N-(6-methylbenzimidazol-5-yl)-2-pyrimidin-2-yl-sulfanyl-acetamide, pentyl-benzimidazol-2-one-5-carbothioate,
5-(benzimidazol-2(3H)-one-6-yl)-5-oxopentanoic acid,
2(3H)-benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid pentyl ester, 2(3H)-benzimidazolone-5-sulfonic acid pentyl amide,
N-butyl-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazole-5-carboximidamide,
5-heptanoylbenzofuran-2(3H)-one, methyl 3-hydroxy-2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5- yl)carbonyl]amino}propanoate, 3-hydroxy-2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5- yl)carbonyl]amino}propanoic acid, methyl 2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl]amino}-3- phenyl propanoate,
2-{[(2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazol-5-yl)carbonyl]amino}-3-phenyl propanoic acid, and
N-(3,4-dihydroxyphenethyl)-2-oxo-2,3-dihydro-lH-l,3-benzimidazole-5- carboxamide.
PCT/AU2003/000717 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1 WO2003104203A1 (en)

Priority Applications (9)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AU2003233244A AU2003233244B2 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
EP03727010A EP1511736A4 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
CA002487838A CA2487838A1 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Methods and compounds for inhibiting the cytokine or biological activity of mif
JP2004511273A JP4828823B2 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
GB0427242A GB2405147B (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
NZ537301A NZ537301A (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
US10/517,264 US7709514B2 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
IL16559204A IL165592A0 (en) 2002-06-07 2004-12-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
US12/728,304 US20100323999A1 (en) 2002-06-07 2010-03-22 Therapeutic Molecules and Methods-1

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
AUPS2834 2002-06-07
AUPS2832A AUPS283202A0 (en) 2002-06-07 2002-06-07 Therapeutic molecules and methods - 1
AUPS2832 2002-06-07
AUPS2834A AUPS283402A0 (en) 2002-06-07 2002-06-07 Combination therapy

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/728,304 Continuation US20100323999A1 (en) 2002-06-07 2010-03-22 Therapeutic Molecules and Methods-1

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2003104203A1 true WO2003104203A1 (en) 2003-12-18

Family

ID=29737414

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/AU2003/000717 WO2003104203A1 (en) 2002-06-07 2003-06-06 Therapeutic molecules and methods-1

Country Status (10)

Country Link
US (2) US7709514B2 (en)
EP (2) EP2319838A1 (en)
JP (1) JP4828823B2 (en)
CN (2) CN101675927A (en)
AU (2) AU2003233244B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2487838A1 (en)
GB (1) GB2405147B (en)
IL (1) IL165592A0 (en)
NZ (1) NZ537301A (en)
WO (1) WO2003104203A1 (en)

Cited By (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2005058304A1 (en) * 2003-12-17 2005-06-30 Cortical Pty Ltd Implantable device containing inhibitor of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US7084141B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2006-08-01 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophase migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
EP1740167A2 (en) * 2004-03-29 2007-01-10 The Feinstein Institute for Medical Research Treatment of type 1 diabetes with inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US7235546B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-06-26 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
WO2007142924A1 (en) * 2006-05-31 2007-12-13 Avigen, Inc. Ibudilast for inhibiting macrophage migration inhibitory factor (mif) activity
WO2007142923A1 (en) * 2006-05-31 2007-12-13 Avigen, Inc. Mif inhibitors for treating neuropathic pain and associated syndromes
US7365200B2 (en) 2005-03-24 2008-04-29 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Thienopyridinone derivatives as macrophage migration inhibitory factor inhibitors
EP1968576A1 (en) * 2005-12-21 2008-09-17 Cortical Pty Ltd Mif inhibitors
US7915285B2 (en) 2005-09-26 2011-03-29 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Method for treating drug and behavioral addictions
WO2013163758A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2013-11-07 Boyd Shelley Romayne Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
AU2010331250B2 (en) * 2009-12-16 2015-07-30 Pola Chemical Industries Inc. Preventing or ameliorating agent for pigmentation
US9540322B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-01-10 Yale University MIF modulators
US9643922B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-05-09 Yale University MIF modulators
RU2732297C2 (en) * 2018-11-14 2020-09-15 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "Гурус БиоФарм" Derivatives of non-steroid anti-inflammatory agents
US11660266B2 (en) 2018-04-11 2023-05-30 Ohio State Innovation Foundation Methods and compositions for sustained release microparticles for ocular drug delivery
EP4135695A4 (en) * 2020-04-13 2024-05-15 University Health Network Methods for treating cytokine release syndrome

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BRPI0917394A2 (en) * 2008-08-18 2019-09-24 Univ Yale mif modulators
CN101863840B (en) * 2010-06-18 2011-11-16 淄博圣马化工厂 Preparation method of 5-amino-6-methyl benzimidazolone
CN103045608A (en) * 2012-12-17 2013-04-17 中国水产科学研究院东海水产研究所 Scylla paramamosain macrophage migration inhibition factor gene MIF and application thereof
WO2014160405A1 (en) * 2013-03-13 2014-10-02 University Of Iowa Research Foundation Compounds, compositions comprising same, and methods related thereto
CN106255884B (en) * 2013-10-04 2019-01-11 赛尔爱迪尔私人有限公司 Biomarker for cell therapy
CN108117534B (en) * 2016-11-29 2021-02-05 华东理工大学 Benzo-oxygenated aliphatic cyclomethylamines
EP4146639A1 (en) 2020-05-06 2023-03-15 Ajax Therapeutics, Inc. 6-heteroaryloxy benzimidazoles and azabenzimidazoles as jak2 inhibitors
EP4267574A1 (en) 2020-12-23 2023-11-01 Ajax Therapeutics, Inc. 6-heteroaryloxy benzimidazoles and azabenzimidazoles as jak2 inhibitors
TW202334139A (en) 2021-11-09 2023-09-01 美商雅捷可斯治療公司 6-heteroaryloxy benzimidazoles and azabenzimidazoles as jak2 inhibitors

Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2843597A (en) * 1956-07-31 1958-07-15 Merck & Co Inc Intermediate and process for producing 5-tetradecylbenzimidazolone
US2933503A (en) * 1957-01-14 1960-04-19 Merck & Co Inc Benzimidazole derivatives
GB876015A (en) * 1959-03-24 1961-08-30 Albert Ag Chem Werke Improvements in or relating to compositions for furthering the growth and yield of plants
US3775333A (en) * 1972-06-30 1973-11-27 American Cyanamid Co N-acyl azolinones as peroxygen bleach activators
US4329477A (en) * 1980-03-04 1982-05-11 Bayer Ag Process for the production of 4- or 5-methyl-2-mercaptobenzimidazole
US4400319A (en) * 1980-10-03 1983-08-23 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Monoazo pigments containing heterocycles, and high-molecular organic materials dyed therewith
DD292452A5 (en) * 1990-03-06 1991-08-01 Karl-Marx-Universitaet Leipzig,De PROCESS FOR PREPARING SUBSTITUTED 1,3-DIHYDRO-BENZIMIDAZOLE-2-ONE
EP0462831A2 (en) * 1990-06-21 1991-12-27 Zeneca Limited Bicyclic pyran derivatives and their use as inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase
FR2688504A1 (en) * 1992-03-13 1993-09-17 Synthelabo 2-(Piperid-1-yl)ethanol derivatives, their preparation and their application in therapeutics
WO1996010026A1 (en) * 1994-09-27 1996-04-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Phenyl-oxo-alkyl-(4-piperidinyl)benzoate derivatives
WO1999036402A1 (en) * 1998-01-13 1999-07-22 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Process for preparing sparingly soluble aromatic amines
WO2001044223A1 (en) * 1999-12-17 2001-06-21 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of interleukin 5 gene expression
WO2001077083A1 (en) * 2000-04-11 2001-10-18 Glaxo Group Limited Process for preparing substituted benzimidazole compounds
WO2001092239A1 (en) * 2000-05-31 2001-12-06 Warner-Lambert Company Biciclic cyclohexylamines and their use as nmda receptor antogonists

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2418925A (en) * 1944-07-22 1947-04-15 American Cyanamid Co Ureylene carbocyclic compounds and their preparation
DE2847284A1 (en) * 1978-10-31 1980-05-14 Hoechst Ag MONOAZO CONNECTIONS, METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION AND THEIR USE
SE8400239D0 (en) 1984-01-19 1984-01-19 Pharmacia Ab NEW ARYLETIC ACID DERIVATIVES
ES2155601T3 (en) * 1995-07-07 2001-05-16 Pfizer BENZOLACTAMA COMPOUNDS SUBSTITUTED AS AN SUBGONIST OF THE SUBSTANCE P.
US6492428B1 (en) * 2000-07-26 2002-12-10 The Picower Institute For Medical Research Compounds having MIF antagonist activity
US6420188B1 (en) * 1996-02-16 2002-07-16 The Picower Institute For Medical Research Screening assay for the identification of inhibitors for macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US6355648B1 (en) * 1999-05-04 2002-03-12 American Home Products Corporation Thio-oxindole derivatives
JP2003513065A (en) * 1999-10-29 2003-04-08 ザ・ピコワー・インスティチュート・フォー・メディカル・リサーチ Compound having MIF antagonist activity
US6939887B2 (en) * 2001-01-30 2005-09-06 Sumitomo Pharmaceuticals Co., Ltd. Benzimidazolidinone derivatives
AU2002251978B2 (en) * 2001-02-09 2007-07-19 Merck & Co., Inc. 2-aryloxy-2-arylalkanoic acids for diabetes and lipid disorders
US20090130165A1 (en) * 2005-12-21 2009-05-21 Cortical Pty Ltd MIF Inhibitors

Patent Citations (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US2843597A (en) * 1956-07-31 1958-07-15 Merck & Co Inc Intermediate and process for producing 5-tetradecylbenzimidazolone
US2933503A (en) * 1957-01-14 1960-04-19 Merck & Co Inc Benzimidazole derivatives
GB876015A (en) * 1959-03-24 1961-08-30 Albert Ag Chem Werke Improvements in or relating to compositions for furthering the growth and yield of plants
US3775333A (en) * 1972-06-30 1973-11-27 American Cyanamid Co N-acyl azolinones as peroxygen bleach activators
US4329477A (en) * 1980-03-04 1982-05-11 Bayer Ag Process for the production of 4- or 5-methyl-2-mercaptobenzimidazole
US4400319A (en) * 1980-10-03 1983-08-23 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Monoazo pigments containing heterocycles, and high-molecular organic materials dyed therewith
DD292452A5 (en) * 1990-03-06 1991-08-01 Karl-Marx-Universitaet Leipzig,De PROCESS FOR PREPARING SUBSTITUTED 1,3-DIHYDRO-BENZIMIDAZOLE-2-ONE
EP0462831A2 (en) * 1990-06-21 1991-12-27 Zeneca Limited Bicyclic pyran derivatives and their use as inhibitors of 5-lipoxygenase
FR2688504A1 (en) * 1992-03-13 1993-09-17 Synthelabo 2-(Piperid-1-yl)ethanol derivatives, their preparation and their application in therapeutics
WO1996010026A1 (en) * 1994-09-27 1996-04-04 Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. Phenyl-oxo-alkyl-(4-piperidinyl)benzoate derivatives
WO1999036402A1 (en) * 1998-01-13 1999-07-22 Ciba Specialty Chemicals Holding Inc. Process for preparing sparingly soluble aromatic amines
WO2001044223A1 (en) * 1999-12-17 2001-06-21 Abbott Laboratories Inhibitors of interleukin 5 gene expression
WO2001077083A1 (en) * 2000-04-11 2001-10-18 Glaxo Group Limited Process for preparing substituted benzimidazole compounds
WO2001092239A1 (en) * 2000-05-31 2001-12-06 Warner-Lambert Company Biciclic cyclohexylamines and their use as nmda receptor antogonists

Non-Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE HCA [online] CLARK R.L. ET AL.: "Synthesis of some substituted benzimidazolinones", XP003001452, accession no. STN Database accession no. 52:77210 *
DATABASE HCA [online] EFROS L.S. ET AL.: "Imidazole derivatives. XVIII. Nitration of 5-methylbenzimidazoles", XP003001453, accession no. STN Database accession no. 52:72309 *
DATABASE HCA [online] KAWASHIMA E. ET AL.: "2,5,6-Trichlorobenzimidazole. Synthesis of a precursor for 2-substituted 5,6-dichlorobenzimidazoles", XP003001451, accession no. STN Database accession no. 115:256067 *
JOURNAL OF THE AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, vol. 80, 1958, pages 1657 - 1662 *
NUCLEIC ACID CHEM., vol. 4, 1991, pages 24 - 26 *
See also references of EP1511736A4 *
ZHURNAL OBSHCHEI KHIMII, vol. 28, 1958, pages 62 - 69 *

Cited By (40)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7432374B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2008-10-07 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7084141B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2006-08-01 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophase migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7105519B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2006-09-12 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7129236B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2006-10-31 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7157469B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2007-01-02 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7732146B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2010-06-08 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Method for screening an agent that modulates activity of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US7192955B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2007-03-20 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7192961B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2007-03-20 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7202248B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2007-04-10 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7230106B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2007-06-12 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Process for the preparation of inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US7514225B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2009-04-07 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Method for screening an agent that modulates activity of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US7235565B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2007-06-26 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7238809B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2007-07-03 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Process for the preparation of inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US7435737B2 (en) 2001-05-24 2008-10-14 Avanir Pharmaceutials Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7235546B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-06-26 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7312220B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-12-25 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
US7312221B2 (en) 2003-02-14 2007-12-25 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor and methods for identifying the same
WO2005058304A1 (en) * 2003-12-17 2005-06-30 Cortical Pty Ltd Implantable device containing inhibitor of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
EP1740167A2 (en) * 2004-03-29 2007-01-10 The Feinstein Institute for Medical Research Treatment of type 1 diabetes with inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
AU2005228426B2 (en) * 2004-03-29 2010-07-15 North Shore-Long Island Jewish Research Institute Treatment of type 1 diabetes with inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
EP1740167A4 (en) * 2004-03-29 2008-12-10 The Feinstein Inst Medical Res Treatment of type 1 diabetes with inhibitors of macrophage migration inhibitory factor
US7365200B2 (en) 2005-03-24 2008-04-29 Avanir Pharmaceuticals Thienopyridinone derivatives as macrophage migration inhibitory factor inhibitors
US7915285B2 (en) 2005-09-26 2011-03-29 The Regents Of The University Of Colorado Method for treating drug and behavioral addictions
EP1968576A4 (en) * 2005-12-21 2010-07-21 Cortical Pty Ltd Mif inhibitors
JP2009521415A (en) * 2005-12-21 2009-06-04 コーティカル・ピーティーワイ・リミテッド MIF inhibitor
EP1968576A1 (en) * 2005-12-21 2008-09-17 Cortical Pty Ltd Mif inhibitors
US7622256B2 (en) 2006-05-31 2009-11-24 Avigen, Inc. Method for selecting compounds that modulate MIF-induced expression of ICAM-1 and/or VCAM-1
WO2007142924A1 (en) * 2006-05-31 2007-12-13 Avigen, Inc. Ibudilast for inhibiting macrophage migration inhibitory factor (mif) activity
WO2007142923A1 (en) * 2006-05-31 2007-12-13 Avigen, Inc. Mif inhibitors for treating neuropathic pain and associated syndromes
US9540322B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-01-10 Yale University MIF modulators
US9643922B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2017-05-09 Yale University MIF modulators
US10202343B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2019-02-12 Yale University MIF modulators
US11584717B2 (en) 2008-08-18 2023-02-21 Yale University MIF modulators
AU2010331250B2 (en) * 2009-12-16 2015-07-30 Pola Chemical Industries Inc. Preventing or ameliorating agent for pigmentation
US9414998B2 (en) 2009-12-16 2016-08-16 Pola Chemical Industries Inc. Preventing or ameliorating agent for pigmentation
WO2013163758A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2013-11-07 Boyd Shelley Romayne Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
EP3338776A1 (en) 2012-05-01 2018-06-27 Translatum Medicus Inc. Methods for treating and diagnosing blinding eye diseases
US11660266B2 (en) 2018-04-11 2023-05-30 Ohio State Innovation Foundation Methods and compositions for sustained release microparticles for ocular drug delivery
RU2732297C2 (en) * 2018-11-14 2020-09-15 Общество с ограниченной ответственностью "Гурус БиоФарм" Derivatives of non-steroid anti-inflammatory agents
EP4135695A4 (en) * 2020-04-13 2024-05-15 University Health Network Methods for treating cytokine release syndrome

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
EP1511736A1 (en) 2005-03-09
AU2010212472A1 (en) 2010-09-09
CN100558712C (en) 2009-11-11
CN101675927A (en) 2010-03-24
NZ537301A (en) 2006-06-30
JP4828823B2 (en) 2011-11-30
GB2405147A (en) 2005-02-23
AU2003233244A1 (en) 2003-12-22
EP1511736A4 (en) 2006-06-07
AU2003233244B2 (en) 2010-05-20
CN1675185A (en) 2005-09-28
GB2405147B (en) 2006-11-22
GB0427242D0 (en) 2005-01-12
CA2487838A1 (en) 2003-12-18
IL165592A0 (en) 2006-01-15
US20100323999A1 (en) 2010-12-23
US20060154977A1 (en) 2006-07-13
US7709514B2 (en) 2010-05-04
JP2005533049A (en) 2005-11-04
EP2319838A1 (en) 2011-05-11

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20100323999A1 (en) Therapeutic Molecules and Methods-1
US20060106102A1 (en) Napththalene derivatives which inhibit the cytokine or biological activity of microphage migration inhibitory factor (mif)
US6387938B1 (en) Benzimidazole derivatives
US20100324001A1 (en) Novel Methods for the Treatment of Inflammatory Diseases
CZ2000714A3 (en) 5-Alkyl-2-arylaminophenylacetic acids and their derivatives, process of their preparation and pharmaceutical preparations in which they are comprised
KR20080090435A (en) Mif inhibitors
EP0592664A1 (en) Novel diphenylthyazole derivative
HU210683B (en) Process for producing n-benzyl-n1-(phenyl-alkyl)-thiourea derivatives and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same
ZA200409845B (en) Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
KR20050016527A (en) Therapeutic molecules and methods-1
JPS62175466A (en) Novel compound, manufacture and medicinal composition
KR20220012198A (en) Anti-inflammation composition comprising benzofuran N-acylhydrazone derivative
EP0200134B1 (en) 5,6-Dihydroimidazo[2,1-b]thiazole-2-carboxamide derivatives or salts thereof
WO2019218998A1 (en) Acrylate compound and use thereof
JPH0262554B2 (en)
WO2024132001A1 (en) Multitarget nuclear receptor ligands based on 2-(4-(quinolin-2-yloxy)phenoxy)propanoic acid and 2-(4-(quinoxalin-2-yloxy)phenoxy)propanoic acid for the treatment of metabolic and liver diseases
KR810000610B1 (en) Process for preparing derivatives of 6-(m-aminophenyl)-2,3,5,6-tetrahydro imidazo(2,1-b)thiazole
KR810000609B1 (en) Process for preparing derivatives of 6-(m-aminophenyl)-2,3,5,6-tetra hydroimidazo(2,1-e)thiazole
KR850001352B1 (en) Process for preparing benzoxazole
PT89981B (en) METHOD FOR PREPARING QUINOLINE-2,5-DIONAS AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM
ZA200508847B (en) Novel methods for the treatment of inflammatory diseases

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AK Designated states

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): AE AG AL AM AT AU AZ BA BB BG BR BY BZ CA CH CN CO CR CU CZ DE DK DM DZ EC EE ES FI GB GD GE GH GM HR HU ID IL IN IS JP KE KG KP KR KZ LC LK LR LS LT LU LV MA MD MG MK MN MW MX MZ NI NO NZ OM PH PL PT RO RU SC SD SE SG SK SL TJ TM TN TR TT TZ UA UG US UZ VC VN YU ZA ZM ZW

AL Designated countries for regional patents

Kind code of ref document: A1

Designated state(s): GH GM KE LS MW MZ SD SL SZ TZ UG ZM ZW AM AZ BY KG KZ MD RU TJ TM AT BE BG CH CY CZ DE DK EE ES FI FR GB GR HU IE IT LU MC NL PT RO SE SI SK TR BF BJ CF CG CI CM GA GN GQ GW ML MR NE SN TD TG

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
DFPE Request for preliminary examination filed prior to expiration of 19th month from priority date (pct application filed before 20040101)
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2487838

Country of ref document: CA

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2004/09845

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 2004511273

Country of ref document: JP

Ref document number: 200409845

Country of ref document: ZA

Ref document number: 165592

Country of ref document: IL

Ref document number: 1848/KOLNP/2004

Country of ref document: IN

Ref document number: 01848/KOLNP/2004

Country of ref document: IN

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 1020047019936

Country of ref document: KR

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 0427242

Country of ref document: GB

Kind code of ref document: A

Free format text: PCT FILING DATE = 20030606

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003727010

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2003233244

Country of ref document: AU

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 537301

Country of ref document: NZ

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 20038189356

Country of ref document: CN

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 1020047019936

Country of ref document: KR

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2003727010

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2006154977

Country of ref document: US

Kind code of ref document: A1

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 10517264

Country of ref document: US

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 10517264

Country of ref document: US